Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ops.c @ 4005:65ef7c96d65f v7.3.757
updated for version 7.3.757
Problem: Issue 96: May access freed memory when a put command triggers
autocommands. (Dominique Pelle)
Solution: Call u_save() before getting y_array.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 12 Dec 2012 16:11:36 +0100 |
parents | 063765c3cebb |
children | 3fd805ca2a6a |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ops.c: implementation of various operators: op_shift, op_delete, op_tilde, | |
12 * op_change, op_yank, do_put, do_join | |
13 */ | |
14 | |
15 #include "vim.h" | |
16 | |
17 /* | |
18 * Number of registers. | |
19 * 0 = unnamed register, for normal yanks and puts | |
20 * 1..9 = registers '1' to '9', for deletes | |
21 * 10..35 = registers 'a' to 'z' | |
22 * 36 = delete register '-' | |
23 * 37 = Selection register '*'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD defined | |
24 * 38 = Clipboard register '+'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD and FEAT_X11 defined | |
25 */ | |
26 /* | |
27 * Symbolic names for some registers. | |
28 */ | |
29 #define DELETION_REGISTER 36 | |
30 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
31 # define STAR_REGISTER 37 | |
32 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
33 # define PLUS_REGISTER 38 | |
34 # else | |
35 # define PLUS_REGISTER STAR_REGISTER /* there is only one */ | |
36 # endif | |
37 #endif | |
38 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
39 # define TILDE_REGISTER (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
40 #endif | |
41 | |
42 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
43 # ifdef FEAT_DND | |
44 # define NUM_REGISTERS (TILDE_REGISTER + 1) | |
45 # else | |
46 # define NUM_REGISTERS (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
47 # endif | |
48 #else | |
49 # define NUM_REGISTERS 37 | |
50 #endif | |
51 | |
52 /* | |
53 * Each yank register is an array of pointers to lines. | |
54 */ | |
55 static struct yankreg | |
56 { | |
57 char_u **y_array; /* pointer to array of line pointers */ | |
58 linenr_T y_size; /* number of lines in y_array */ | |
59 char_u y_type; /* MLINE, MCHAR or MBLOCK */ | |
60 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
61 colnr_T y_width; /* only set if y_type == MBLOCK */ | |
62 #endif | |
63 } y_regs[NUM_REGISTERS]; | |
64 | |
65 static struct yankreg *y_current; /* ptr to current yankreg */ | |
66 static int y_append; /* TRUE when appending */ | |
67 static struct yankreg *y_previous = NULL; /* ptr to last written yankreg */ | |
68 | |
69 /* | |
70 * structure used by block_prep, op_delete and op_yank for blockwise operators | |
71 * also op_change, op_shift, op_insert, op_replace - AKelly | |
72 */ | |
73 struct block_def | |
74 { | |
1839 | 75 int startspaces; /* 'extra' cols before first char */ |
76 int endspaces; /* 'extra' cols after last char */ | |
7 | 77 int textlen; /* chars in block */ |
1839 | 78 char_u *textstart; /* pointer to 1st char (partially) in block */ |
79 colnr_T textcol; /* index of chars (partially) in block */ | |
7 | 80 colnr_T start_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly inside block */ |
81 colnr_T end_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly after block */ | |
82 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
83 int is_short; /* TRUE if line is too short to fit in block */ | |
84 int is_MAX; /* TRUE if curswant==MAXCOL when starting */ | |
85 int is_oneChar; /* TRUE if block within one character */ | |
86 int pre_whitesp; /* screen cols of ws before block */ | |
87 int pre_whitesp_c; /* chars of ws before block */ | |
88 colnr_T end_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of post-block char */ | |
89 #endif | |
90 colnr_T start_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of pre-block char */ | |
91 }; | |
92 | |
93 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
94 static void shift_block __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, int amount)); | |
95 static void block_insert __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, char_u *s, int b_insert, struct block_def*bdp)); | |
96 #endif | |
97 static int stuff_yank __ARGS((int, char_u *)); | |
1034 | 98 static void put_reedit_in_typebuf __ARGS((int silent)); |
1077 | 99 static int put_in_typebuf __ARGS((char_u *s, int esc, int colon, |
100 int silent)); | |
7 | 101 static void stuffescaped __ARGS((char_u *arg, int literally)); |
102 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
103 static void mb_adjust_opend __ARGS((oparg_T *oap)); | |
104 #endif | |
105 static void free_yank __ARGS((long)); | |
106 static void free_yank_all __ARGS((void)); | |
107 static int yank_copy_line __ARGS((struct block_def *bd, long y_idx)); | |
108 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
109 static void copy_yank_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *reg)); | |
110 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
111 static void may_set_selection __ARGS((void)); | |
112 # endif | |
113 #endif | |
114 static void dis_msg __ARGS((char_u *p, int skip_esc)); | |
3562 | 115 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
116 static char_u *skip_comment __ARGS((char_u *line, int process, int include_space, int *is_comment)); | |
117 #endif | |
7 | 118 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
119 static void block_prep __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, struct block_def *, linenr_T, int)); | |
120 #endif | |
121 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
122 static void str_to_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *y_ptr, int type, char_u *str, long len, long blocklen)); | |
123 #endif | |
124 static int ends_in_white __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
125 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
126 static int same_leader __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int, char_u *, int, char_u *)); | |
127 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T, int *, char_u **, int do_comments)); | |
128 #else | |
129 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T)); | |
130 #endif | |
131 | |
132 /* | |
133 * The names of operators. | |
134 * IMPORTANT: Index must correspond with defines in vim.h!!! | |
135 * The third field indicates whether the operator always works on lines. | |
136 */ | |
137 static char opchars[][3] = | |
138 { | |
139 {NUL, NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_NOP */ | |
140 {'d', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_DELETE */ | |
141 {'y', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_YANK */ | |
142 {'c', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_CHANGE */ | |
143 {'<', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_LSHIFT */ | |
144 {'>', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_RSHIFT */ | |
145 {'!', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_FILTER */ | |
146 {'g', '~', FALSE}, /* OP_TILDE */ | |
147 {'=', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_INDENT */ | |
148 {'g', 'q', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT */ | |
149 {':', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_COLON */ | |
150 {'g', 'U', FALSE}, /* OP_UPPER */ | |
151 {'g', 'u', FALSE}, /* OP_LOWER */ | |
152 {'J', NUL, TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN */ | |
153 {'g', 'J', TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN_NS */ | |
154 {'g', '?', FALSE}, /* OP_ROT13 */ | |
155 {'r', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_REPLACE */ | |
156 {'I', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_INSERT */ | |
157 {'A', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_APPEND */ | |
158 {'z', 'f', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLD */ | |
159 {'z', 'o', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPEN */ | |
160 {'z', 'O', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPENREC */ | |
161 {'z', 'c', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSE */ | |
162 {'z', 'C', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSEREC */ | |
163 {'z', 'd', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDEL */ | |
164 {'z', 'D', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDELREC */ | |
165 {'g', 'w', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT2 */ | |
603 | 166 {'g', '@', FALSE}, /* OP_FUNCTION */ |
7 | 167 }; |
168 | |
169 /* | |
170 * Translate a command name into an operator type. | |
171 * Must only be called with a valid operator name! | |
172 */ | |
173 int | |
174 get_op_type(char1, char2) | |
175 int char1; | |
176 int char2; | |
177 { | |
178 int i; | |
179 | |
180 if (char1 == 'r') /* ignore second character */ | |
181 return OP_REPLACE; | |
182 if (char1 == '~') /* when tilde is an operator */ | |
183 return OP_TILDE; | |
184 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
185 if (opchars[i][0] == char1 && opchars[i][1] == char2) | |
186 break; | |
187 return i; | |
188 } | |
189 | |
190 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
191 /* | |
192 * Return TRUE if operator "op" always works on whole lines. | |
193 */ | |
194 int | |
195 op_on_lines(op) | |
196 int op; | |
197 { | |
198 return opchars[op][2]; | |
199 } | |
200 #endif | |
201 | |
202 /* | |
203 * Get first operator command character. | |
204 * Returns 'g' or 'z' if there is another command character. | |
205 */ | |
206 int | |
207 get_op_char(optype) | |
208 int optype; | |
209 { | |
210 return opchars[optype][0]; | |
211 } | |
212 | |
213 /* | |
214 * Get second operator command character. | |
215 */ | |
216 int | |
217 get_extra_op_char(optype) | |
218 int optype; | |
219 { | |
220 return opchars[optype][1]; | |
221 } | |
222 | |
223 /* | |
224 * op_shift - handle a shift operation | |
225 */ | |
226 void | |
227 op_shift(oap, curs_top, amount) | |
228 oparg_T *oap; | |
229 int curs_top; | |
230 int amount; | |
231 { | |
232 long i; | |
233 int first_char; | |
234 char_u *s; | |
235 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
236 int block_col = 0; | |
237 #endif | |
238 | |
239 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
240 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
241 return; | |
242 | |
243 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
244 if (oap->block_mode) | |
245 block_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
246 #endif | |
247 | |
248 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
249 { | |
250 first_char = *ml_get_curline(); | |
251 if (first_char == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
252 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
253 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
254 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
255 shift_block(oap, amount); | |
256 #endif | |
257 else | |
258 /* Move the line right if it doesn't start with '#', 'smartindent' | |
259 * isn't set or 'cindent' isn't set or '#' isn't in 'cino'. */ | |
260 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
261 if (first_char != '#' || !preprocs_left()) | |
262 #endif | |
263 { | |
1516 | 264 shift_line(oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT, p_sr, amount, FALSE); |
7 | 265 } |
266 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
267 } | |
268 | |
269 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
270 | |
271 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
272 if (oap->block_mode) | |
273 { | |
274 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
275 curwin->w_cursor.col = block_col; | |
276 } | |
277 else | |
278 #endif | |
279 if (curs_top) /* put cursor on first line, for ">>" */ | |
280 { | |
281 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
282 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); /* shift_line() may have set cursor.col */ | |
283 } | |
284 else | |
285 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; /* put cursor on last line, for ":>" */ | |
286 | |
287 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
288 { | |
289 if (oap->op_type == OP_RSHIFT) | |
290 s = (char_u *)">"; | |
291 else | |
292 s = (char_u *)"<"; | |
293 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
294 { | |
295 if (amount == 1) | |
296 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed 1 time"), s); | |
297 else | |
298 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed %d times"), s, amount); | |
299 } | |
300 else | |
301 { | |
302 if (amount == 1) | |
303 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed 1 time"), | |
304 oap->line_count, s); | |
305 else | |
306 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed %d times"), | |
307 oap->line_count, s, amount); | |
308 } | |
309 msg(IObuff); | |
310 } | |
311 | |
312 /* | |
313 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
314 */ | |
315 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
316 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
317 curbuf->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
318 if (curbuf->b_op_end.col > 0) | |
319 --curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
320 } | |
321 | |
322 /* | |
323 * shift the current line one shiftwidth left (if left != 0) or right | |
324 * leaves cursor on first blank in the line | |
325 */ | |
326 void | |
1516 | 327 shift_line(left, round, amount, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 328 int left; |
329 int round; | |
330 int amount; | |
1516 | 331 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 332 { |
333 int count; | |
334 int i, j; | |
3740 | 335 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
7 | 336 |
337 count = get_indent(); /* get current indent */ | |
338 | |
339 if (round) /* round off indent */ | |
340 { | |
341 i = count / p_sw; /* number of p_sw rounded down */ | |
342 j = count % p_sw; /* extra spaces */ | |
343 if (j && left) /* first remove extra spaces */ | |
344 --amount; | |
345 if (left) | |
346 { | |
347 i -= amount; | |
348 if (i < 0) | |
349 i = 0; | |
350 } | |
351 else | |
352 i += amount; | |
353 count = i * p_sw; | |
354 } | |
355 else /* original vi indent */ | |
356 { | |
357 if (left) | |
358 { | |
359 count -= p_sw * amount; | |
360 if (count < 0) | |
361 count = 0; | |
362 } | |
363 else | |
364 count += p_sw * amount; | |
365 } | |
366 | |
367 /* Set new indent */ | |
368 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
369 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 370 change_indent(INDENT_SET, count, FALSE, NUL, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 371 else |
372 #endif | |
1516 | 373 (void)set_indent(count, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 374 } |
375 | |
376 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
377 /* | |
378 * Shift one line of the current block one shiftwidth right or left. | |
379 * Leaves cursor on first character in block. | |
380 */ | |
381 static void | |
382 shift_block(oap, amount) | |
383 oparg_T *oap; | |
384 int amount; | |
385 { | |
386 int left = (oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT); | |
387 int oldstate = State; | |
1839 | 388 int total; |
389 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
7 | 390 int oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3740 | 391 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
7 | 392 int p_ts = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; |
393 struct block_def bd; | |
394 int incr; | |
1839 | 395 colnr_T ws_vcol; |
7 | 396 int i = 0, j = 0; |
397 int len; | |
398 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
399 int old_p_ri = p_ri; | |
400 | |
401 p_ri = 0; /* don't want revins in ident */ | |
402 #endif | |
403 | |
404 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
405 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
406 if (bd.is_short) | |
407 return; | |
408 | |
409 /* total is number of screen columns to be inserted/removed */ | |
410 total = amount * p_sw; | |
411 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
412 | |
413 if (!left) | |
414 { | |
415 /* | |
416 * 1. Get start vcol | |
417 * 2. Total ws vcols | |
418 * 3. Divvy into TABs & spp | |
419 * 4. Construct new string | |
420 */ | |
421 total += bd.pre_whitesp; /* all virtual WS upto & incl a split TAB */ | |
422 ws_vcol = bd.start_vcol - bd.pre_whitesp; | |
423 if (bd.startspaces) | |
424 { | |
425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
426 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 427 bd.textstart += (*mb_ptr2len)(bd.textstart); |
1995 | 428 else |
429 #endif | |
430 ++bd.textstart; | |
7 | 431 } |
432 for ( ; vim_iswhite(*bd.textstart); ) | |
433 { | |
434 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&bd.textstart, (colnr_T)(bd.start_vcol)); | |
435 total += incr; | |
436 bd.start_vcol += incr; | |
437 } | |
438 /* OK, now total=all the VWS reqd, and textstart points at the 1st | |
439 * non-ws char in the block. */ | |
440 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
441 i = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) / p_ts; /* number of tabs */ | |
442 if (i) | |
443 j = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) % p_ts; /* number of spp */ | |
444 else | |
445 j = total; | |
446 /* if we're splitting a TAB, allow for it */ | |
447 bd.textcol -= bd.pre_whitesp_c - (bd.startspaces != 0); | |
448 len = (int)STRLEN(bd.textstart) + 1; | |
449 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
450 if (newp == NULL) | |
451 return; | |
452 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
453 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
454 copy_chars(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)i, TAB); | |
455 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol + i, (size_t)j); | |
456 /* the end */ | |
457 mch_memmove(newp + bd.textcol + i + j, bd.textstart, (size_t)len); | |
458 } | |
459 else /* left */ | |
460 { | |
1839 | 461 colnr_T destination_col; /* column to which text in block will |
462 be shifted */ | |
463 char_u *verbatim_copy_end; /* end of the part of the line which is | |
464 copied verbatim */ | |
465 colnr_T verbatim_copy_width;/* the (displayed) width of this part | |
466 of line */ | |
467 unsigned fill; /* nr of spaces that replace a TAB */ | |
468 unsigned new_line_len; /* the length of the line after the | |
469 block shift */ | |
470 size_t block_space_width; | |
471 size_t shift_amount; | |
472 char_u *non_white = bd.textstart; | |
473 colnr_T non_white_col; | |
474 | |
475 /* | |
476 * Firstly, let's find the first non-whitespace character that is | |
477 * displayed after the block's start column and the character's column | |
478 * number. Also, let's calculate the width of all the whitespace | |
479 * characters that are displayed in the block and precede the searched | |
480 * non-whitespace character. | |
481 */ | |
482 | |
483 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character, | |
484 * the part of which is displayed at the block's beginning. Let's start | |
485 * searching from the next character. */ | |
486 if (bd.startspaces) | |
487 mb_ptr_adv(non_white); | |
488 | |
489 /* The character's column is in "bd.start_vcol". */ | |
490 non_white_col = bd.start_vcol; | |
491 | |
492 while (vim_iswhite(*non_white)) | |
7 | 493 { |
1839 | 494 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&non_white, non_white_col); |
495 non_white_col += incr; | |
7 | 496 } |
1839 | 497 |
498 block_space_width = non_white_col - oap->start_vcol; | |
499 /* We will shift by "total" or "block_space_width", whichever is less. | |
500 */ | |
1860 | 501 shift_amount = (block_space_width < (size_t)total |
502 ? block_space_width : (size_t)total); | |
1839 | 503 |
504 /* The column to which we will shift the text. */ | |
1860 | 505 destination_col = (colnr_T)(non_white_col - shift_amount); |
1839 | 506 |
507 /* Now let's find out how much of the beginning of the line we can | |
508 * reuse without modification. */ | |
509 verbatim_copy_end = bd.textstart; | |
510 verbatim_copy_width = bd.start_vcol; | |
511 | |
512 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character | |
513 * preceding the block. We have to subtract its width to obtain its | |
514 * column number. */ | |
515 if (bd.startspaces) | |
516 verbatim_copy_width -= bd.start_char_vcols; | |
517 while (verbatim_copy_width < destination_col) | |
7 | 518 { |
1839 | 519 incr = lbr_chartabsize(verbatim_copy_end, verbatim_copy_width); |
520 if (verbatim_copy_width + incr > destination_col) | |
521 break; | |
522 verbatim_copy_width += incr; | |
523 mb_ptr_adv(verbatim_copy_end); | |
7 | 524 } |
525 | |
1839 | 526 /* If "destination_col" is different from the width of the initial |
527 * part of the line that will be copied, it means we encountered a tab | |
528 * character, which we will have to partly replace with spaces. */ | |
529 fill = destination_col - verbatim_copy_width; | |
530 | |
531 /* The replacement line will consist of: | |
532 * - the beginning of the original line up to "verbatim_copy_end", | |
533 * - "fill" number of spaces, | |
534 * - the rest of the line, pointed to by non_white. */ | |
535 new_line_len = (unsigned)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp) | |
536 + fill | |
537 + (unsigned)STRLEN(non_white) + 1; | |
538 | |
539 newp = alloc_check(new_line_len); | |
7 | 540 if (newp == NULL) |
541 return; | |
1839 | 542 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp)); |
543 copy_spaces(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp), (size_t)fill); | |
544 STRMOVE(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp) + fill, non_white); | |
7 | 545 } |
546 /* replace the line */ | |
547 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
548 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)bd.textcol); | |
549 State = oldstate; | |
550 curwin->w_cursor.col = oldcol; | |
551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
552 p_ri = old_p_ri; | |
553 #endif | |
554 } | |
555 #endif | |
556 | |
557 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
558 /* | |
559 * Insert string "s" (b_insert ? before : after) block :AKelly | |
560 * Caller must prepare for undo. | |
561 */ | |
562 static void | |
563 block_insert(oap, s, b_insert, bdp) | |
564 oparg_T *oap; | |
565 char_u *s; | |
566 int b_insert; | |
567 struct block_def *bdp; | |
568 { | |
569 int p_ts; | |
570 int count = 0; /* extra spaces to replace a cut TAB */ | |
571 int spaces = 0; /* non-zero if cutting a TAB */ | |
572 colnr_T offset; /* pointer along new line */ | |
573 unsigned s_len; /* STRLEN(s) */ | |
574 char_u *newp, *oldp; /* new, old lines */ | |
575 linenr_T lnum; /* loop var */ | |
576 int oldstate = State; | |
577 | |
578 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
579 s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s); | |
580 | |
581 for (lnum = oap->start.lnum + 1; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; lnum++) | |
582 { | |
583 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, TRUE); | |
584 if (bdp->is_short && b_insert) | |
585 continue; /* OP_INSERT, line ends before block start */ | |
586 | |
587 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
588 | |
589 if (b_insert) | |
590 { | |
591 p_ts = bdp->start_char_vcols; | |
592 spaces = bdp->startspaces; | |
593 if (spaces != 0) | |
594 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
595 offset = bdp->textcol; | |
596 } | |
597 else /* append */ | |
598 { | |
599 p_ts = bdp->end_char_vcols; | |
600 if (!bdp->is_short) /* spaces = padding after block */ | |
601 { | |
602 spaces = (bdp->endspaces ? p_ts - bdp->endspaces : 0); | |
603 if (spaces != 0) | |
604 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
605 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen - (spaces != 0); | |
606 } | |
607 else /* spaces = padding to block edge */ | |
608 { | |
609 /* if $ used, just append to EOL (ie spaces==0) */ | |
610 if (!bdp->is_MAX) | |
611 spaces = (oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol) + 1; | |
612 count = spaces; | |
613 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen; | |
614 } | |
615 } | |
616 | |
617 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp)) + s_len + count + 1); | |
618 if (newp == NULL) | |
619 continue; | |
620 | |
621 /* copy up to shifted part */ | |
622 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(offset)); | |
623 oldp += offset; | |
624 | |
625 /* insert pre-padding */ | |
626 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)spaces); | |
627 | |
628 /* copy the new text */ | |
629 mch_memmove(newp + offset + spaces, s, (size_t)s_len); | |
630 offset += s_len; | |
631 | |
632 if (spaces && !bdp->is_short) | |
633 { | |
634 /* insert post-padding */ | |
635 copy_spaces(newp + offset + spaces, (size_t)(p_ts - spaces)); | |
636 /* We're splitting a TAB, don't copy it. */ | |
637 oldp++; | |
638 /* We allowed for that TAB, remember this now */ | |
639 count++; | |
640 } | |
641 | |
642 if (spaces > 0) | |
643 offset += count; | |
1622 | 644 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 645 |
646 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
647 | |
648 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
649 { | |
650 /* Set "']" mark to the end of the block instead of the end of | |
651 * the insert in the first line. */ | |
652 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
653 curbuf->b_op_end.col = offset; | |
654 } | |
655 } /* for all lnum */ | |
656 | |
657 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
658 | |
659 State = oldstate; | |
660 } | |
661 #endif | |
662 | |
663 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
664 /* | |
665 * op_reindent - handle reindenting a block of lines. | |
666 */ | |
667 void | |
668 op_reindent(oap, how) | |
669 oparg_T *oap; | |
670 int (*how) __ARGS((void)); | |
671 { | |
672 long i; | |
673 char_u *l; | |
674 int count; | |
675 linenr_T first_changed = 0; | |
676 linenr_T last_changed = 0; | |
677 linenr_T start_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
678 | |
216 | 679 /* Don't even try when 'modifiable' is off. */ |
680 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
681 { | |
682 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
683 return; | |
684 } | |
685 | |
7 | 686 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0 && !got_int; ) |
687 { | |
688 /* it's a slow thing to do, so give feedback so there's no worry that | |
689 * the computer's just hung. */ | |
690 | |
691 if (i > 1 | |
692 && (i % 50 == 0 || i == oap->line_count - 1) | |
693 && oap->line_count > p_report) | |
694 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines to indent... "), i); | |
695 | |
696 /* | |
697 * Be vi-compatible: For lisp indenting the first line is not | |
698 * indented, unless there is only one line. | |
699 */ | |
700 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
701 if (i != oap->line_count - 1 || oap->line_count == 1 | |
702 || how != get_lisp_indent) | |
703 #endif | |
704 { | |
705 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
706 if (*l == NUL) /* empty or blank line */ | |
707 count = 0; | |
708 else | |
709 count = how(); /* get the indent for this line */ | |
710 | |
711 if (set_indent(count, SIN_UNDO)) | |
712 { | |
713 /* did change the indent, call changed_lines() later */ | |
714 if (first_changed == 0) | |
715 first_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
716 last_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
717 } | |
718 } | |
719 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 720 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure it's valid */ |
7 | 721 } |
722 | |
723 /* put cursor on first non-blank of indented line */ | |
724 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
725 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
726 | |
727 /* Mark changed lines so that they will be redrawn. When Visual | |
728 * highlighting was present, need to continue until the last line. When | |
729 * there is no change still need to remove the Visual highlighting. */ | |
730 if (last_changed != 0) | |
731 changed_lines(first_changed, 0, | |
732 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
733 oap->is_VIsual ? start_lnum + oap->line_count : | |
734 #endif | |
735 last_changed + 1, 0L); | |
736 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
737 else if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
738 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
739 #endif | |
740 | |
741 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
742 { | |
743 i = oap->line_count - (i + 1); | |
744 if (i == 1) | |
745 MSG(_("1 line indented ")); | |
746 else | |
747 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines indented "), i); | |
748 } | |
749 /* set '[ and '] marks */ | |
750 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
751 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
752 } | |
753 #endif /* defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) */ | |
754 | |
755 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
756 /* | |
757 * Keep the last expression line here, for repeating. | |
758 */ | |
759 static char_u *expr_line = NULL; | |
760 | |
761 /* | |
762 * Get an expression for the "\"=expr1" or "CTRL-R =expr1" | |
763 * Returns '=' when OK, NUL otherwise. | |
764 */ | |
765 int | |
766 get_expr_register() | |
767 { | |
768 char_u *new_line; | |
769 | |
770 new_line = getcmdline('=', 0L, 0); | |
771 if (new_line == NULL) | |
772 return NUL; | |
773 if (*new_line == NUL) /* use previous line */ | |
774 vim_free(new_line); | |
775 else | |
776 set_expr_line(new_line); | |
777 return '='; | |
778 } | |
779 | |
780 /* | |
781 * Set the expression for the '=' register. | |
782 * Argument must be an allocated string. | |
783 */ | |
784 void | |
785 set_expr_line(new_line) | |
786 char_u *new_line; | |
787 { | |
788 vim_free(expr_line); | |
789 expr_line = new_line; | |
790 } | |
791 | |
792 /* | |
793 * Get the result of the '=' register expression. | |
794 * Returns a pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. | |
795 */ | |
796 char_u * | |
797 get_expr_line() | |
798 { | |
799 char_u *expr_copy; | |
800 char_u *rv; | |
994 | 801 static int nested = 0; |
7 | 802 |
803 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
804 return NULL; | |
805 | |
806 /* Make a copy of the expression, because evaluating it may cause it to be | |
807 * changed. */ | |
808 expr_copy = vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
809 if (expr_copy == NULL) | |
810 return NULL; | |
811 | |
994 | 812 /* When we are invoked recursively limit the evaluation to 10 levels. |
813 * Then return the string as-is. */ | |
814 if (nested >= 10) | |
815 return expr_copy; | |
816 | |
817 ++nested; | |
714 | 818 rv = eval_to_string(expr_copy, NULL, TRUE); |
994 | 819 --nested; |
7 | 820 vim_free(expr_copy); |
821 return rv; | |
822 } | |
283 | 823 |
824 /* | |
825 * Get the '=' register expression itself, without evaluating it. | |
826 */ | |
827 char_u * | |
828 get_expr_line_src() | |
829 { | |
830 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
831 return NULL; | |
832 return vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
833 } | |
7 | 834 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ |
835 | |
836 /* | |
837 * Check if 'regname' is a valid name of a yank register. | |
838 * Note: There is no check for 0 (default register), caller should do this | |
839 */ | |
840 int | |
841 valid_yank_reg(regname, writing) | |
842 int regname; | |
843 int writing; /* if TRUE check for writable registers */ | |
844 { | |
845 if ( (regname > 0 && ASCII_ISALNUM(regname)) | |
846 || (!writing && vim_strchr((char_u *) | |
847 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
848 "/.%#:=" | |
849 #else | |
850 "/.%#:" | |
851 #endif | |
852 , regname) != NULL) | |
853 || regname == '"' | |
854 || regname == '-' | |
855 || regname == '_' | |
856 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
857 || regname == '*' | |
858 || regname == '+' | |
859 #endif | |
860 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
861 || (!writing && regname == '~') | |
862 #endif | |
863 ) | |
864 return TRUE; | |
865 return FALSE; | |
866 } | |
867 | |
868 /* | |
869 * Set y_current and y_append, according to the value of "regname". | |
870 * Cannot handle the '_' register. | |
140 | 871 * Must only be called with a valid register name! |
7 | 872 * |
873 * If regname is 0 and writing, use register 0 | |
874 * If regname is 0 and reading, use previous register | |
875 */ | |
15 | 876 void |
7 | 877 get_yank_register(regname, writing) |
878 int regname; | |
879 int writing; | |
880 { | |
881 int i; | |
882 | |
883 y_append = FALSE; | |
884 if ((regname == 0 || regname == '"') && !writing && y_previous != NULL) | |
885 { | |
886 y_current = y_previous; | |
887 return; | |
888 } | |
889 i = regname; | |
890 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(i)) | |
891 i -= '0'; | |
892 else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(i)) | |
893 i = CharOrdLow(i) + 10; | |
894 else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(i)) | |
895 { | |
896 i = CharOrdUp(i) + 10; | |
897 y_append = TRUE; | |
898 } | |
899 else if (regname == '-') | |
900 i = DELETION_REGISTER; | |
901 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
902 /* When selection is not available, use register 0 instead of '*' */ | |
903 else if (clip_star.available && regname == '*') | |
904 i = STAR_REGISTER; | |
905 /* When clipboard is not available, use register 0 instead of '+' */ | |
906 else if (clip_plus.available && regname == '+') | |
907 i = PLUS_REGISTER; | |
908 #endif | |
909 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
910 else if (!writing && regname == '~') | |
911 i = TILDE_REGISTER; | |
912 #endif | |
913 else /* not 0-9, a-z, A-Z or '-': use register 0 */ | |
914 i = 0; | |
915 y_current = &(y_regs[i]); | |
916 if (writing) /* remember the register we write into for do_put() */ | |
917 y_previous = y_current; | |
918 } | |
919 | |
15 | 920 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 921 /* |
922 * When "regname" is a clipboard register, obtain the selection. If it's not | |
923 * available return zero, otherwise return "regname". | |
924 */ | |
15 | 925 int |
7 | 926 may_get_selection(regname) |
927 int regname; | |
928 { | |
929 if (regname == '*') | |
930 { | |
931 if (!clip_star.available) | |
932 regname = 0; | |
933 else | |
934 clip_get_selection(&clip_star); | |
935 } | |
936 else if (regname == '+') | |
937 { | |
938 if (!clip_plus.available) | |
939 regname = 0; | |
940 else | |
941 clip_get_selection(&clip_plus); | |
942 } | |
943 return regname; | |
944 } | |
945 #endif | |
946 | |
947 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
948 /* | |
949 * Obtain the contents of a "normal" register. The register is made empty. | |
950 * The returned pointer has allocated memory, use put_register() later. | |
951 */ | |
952 void * | |
953 get_register(name, copy) | |
954 int name; | |
955 int copy; /* make a copy, if FALSE make register empty. */ | |
956 { | |
1451 | 957 struct yankreg *reg; |
958 int i; | |
7 | 959 |
960 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
961 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. Obtain the | |
962 * selection too. */ | |
1435 | 963 if (name == '*' && clip_star.available) |
7 | 964 { |
3674 | 965 if (clip_isautosel_star()) |
966 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
967 may_get_selection(name); | |
968 } | |
969 if (name == '+' && clip_plus.available) | |
970 { | |
971 if (clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
972 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
7 | 973 may_get_selection(name); |
974 } | |
975 #endif | |
976 | |
977 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
978 reg = (struct yankreg *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct yankreg)); | |
979 if (reg != NULL) | |
980 { | |
981 *reg = *y_current; | |
982 if (copy) | |
983 { | |
984 /* If we run out of memory some or all of the lines are empty. */ | |
985 if (reg->y_size == 0) | |
986 reg->y_array = NULL; | |
987 else | |
988 reg->y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u *) | |
989 * reg->y_size)); | |
990 if (reg->y_array != NULL) | |
991 { | |
992 for (i = 0; i < reg->y_size; ++i) | |
993 reg->y_array[i] = vim_strsave(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
994 } | |
995 } | |
996 else | |
997 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
998 } | |
999 return (void *)reg; | |
1000 } | |
1001 | |
1002 /* | |
1451 | 1003 * Put "reg" into register "name". Free any previous contents and "reg". |
7 | 1004 */ |
1005 void | |
1006 put_register(name, reg) | |
1007 int name; | |
1008 void *reg; | |
1009 { | |
1010 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
1011 free_yank_all(); | |
1012 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
1451 | 1013 vim_free(reg); |
7 | 1014 |
1015 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1016 /* Send text written to clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
1017 may_set_selection(); | |
1018 # endif | |
1019 } | |
1020 #endif | |
1021 | |
1022 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) | |
1023 /* | |
1024 * return TRUE if the current yank register has type MLINE | |
1025 */ | |
1026 int | |
1027 yank_register_mline(regname) | |
1028 int regname; | |
1029 { | |
1030 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1031 return FALSE; | |
1032 if (regname == '_') /* black hole is always empty */ | |
1033 return FALSE; | |
1034 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1035 return (y_current->y_type == MLINE); | |
1036 } | |
1037 #endif | |
1038 | |
1039 /* | |
1157 | 1040 * Start or stop recording into a yank register. |
7 | 1041 * |
1157 | 1042 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1043 */ |
1044 int | |
1045 do_record(c) | |
1046 int c; | |
1047 { | |
1157 | 1048 char_u *p; |
1049 static int regname; | |
1050 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
1051 int retval; | |
7 | 1052 |
1053 if (Recording == FALSE) /* start recording */ | |
1054 { | |
1055 /* registers 0-9, a-z and " are allowed */ | |
1056 if (c < 0 || (!ASCII_ISALNUM(c) && c != '"')) | |
1057 retval = FAIL; | |
1058 else | |
1059 { | |
1060 Recording = TRUE; | |
1061 showmode(); | |
1062 regname = c; | |
1063 retval = OK; | |
1064 } | |
1065 } | |
1066 else /* stop recording */ | |
1067 { | |
1068 /* | |
1157 | 1069 * Get the recorded key hits. K_SPECIAL and CSI will be escaped, this |
1070 * needs to be removed again to put it in a register. exec_reg then | |
1071 * adds the escaping back later. | |
7 | 1072 */ |
1073 Recording = FALSE; | |
1074 MSG(""); | |
1075 p = get_recorded(); | |
1076 if (p == NULL) | |
1077 retval = FAIL; | |
1078 else | |
1079 { | |
1081 | 1080 /* Remove escaping for CSI and K_SPECIAL in multi-byte chars. */ |
1081 vim_unescape_csi(p); | |
1082 | |
7 | 1083 /* |
1084 * We don't want to change the default register here, so save and | |
1085 * restore the current register name. | |
1086 */ | |
1087 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
1088 old_y_current = y_current; | |
1089 | |
1090 retval = stuff_yank(regname, p); | |
1091 | |
1092 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
1093 y_current = old_y_current; | |
1094 } | |
1095 } | |
1096 return retval; | |
1097 } | |
1098 | |
1099 /* | |
1100 * Stuff string "p" into yank register "regname" as a single line (append if | |
1101 * uppercase). "p" must have been alloced. | |
1102 * | |
1103 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1104 */ | |
1105 static int | |
1106 stuff_yank(regname, p) | |
1107 int regname; | |
1108 char_u *p; | |
1109 { | |
1110 char_u *lp; | |
1111 char_u **pp; | |
1112 | |
1113 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1114 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, TRUE)) | |
1115 { | |
1116 vim_free(p); | |
1117 return FAIL; | |
1118 } | |
1119 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't do anything */ | |
1120 { | |
1121 vim_free(p); | |
1122 return OK; | |
1123 } | |
1124 get_yank_register(regname, TRUE); | |
1125 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
1126 { | |
1127 pp = &(y_current->y_array[y_current->y_size - 1]); | |
1128 lp = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(*pp) + STRLEN(p) + 1), TRUE); | |
1129 if (lp == NULL) | |
1130 { | |
1131 vim_free(p); | |
1132 return FAIL; | |
1133 } | |
1134 STRCPY(lp, *pp); | |
1135 STRCAT(lp, p); | |
1136 vim_free(p); | |
1137 vim_free(*pp); | |
1138 *pp = lp; | |
1139 } | |
1140 else | |
1141 { | |
1142 free_yank_all(); | |
1143 if ((y_current->y_array = | |
1144 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *))) == NULL) | |
1145 { | |
1146 vim_free(p); | |
1147 return FAIL; | |
1148 } | |
1149 y_current->y_array[0] = p; | |
1150 y_current->y_size = 1; | |
1151 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; /* used to be MLINE, why? */ | |
1152 } | |
1153 return OK; | |
1154 } | |
1155 | |
1893 | 1156 static int execreg_lastc = NUL; |
1157 | |
7 | 1158 /* |
1159 * execute a yank register: copy it into the stuff buffer | |
1160 * | |
1161 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1162 */ | |
1163 int | |
1034 | 1164 do_execreg(regname, colon, addcr, silent) |
7 | 1165 int regname; |
1166 int colon; /* insert ':' before each line */ | |
1167 int addcr; /* always add '\n' to end of line */ | |
1034 | 1168 int silent; /* set "silent" flag in typeahead buffer */ |
7 | 1169 { |
1170 long i; | |
1171 char_u *p; | |
1172 int retval = OK; | |
1173 int remap; | |
1174 | |
1175 if (regname == '@') /* repeat previous one */ | |
168 | 1176 { |
1893 | 1177 if (execreg_lastc == NUL) |
168 | 1178 { |
1179 EMSG(_("E748: No previously used register")); | |
1180 return FAIL; | |
1181 } | |
1893 | 1182 regname = execreg_lastc; |
168 | 1183 } |
7 | 1184 /* check for valid regname */ |
1185 if (regname == '%' || regname == '#' || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
168 | 1186 { |
1187 emsg_invreg(regname); | |
7 | 1188 return FAIL; |
168 | 1189 } |
1893 | 1190 execreg_lastc = regname; |
7 | 1191 |
1192 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1193 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1194 #endif | |
1195 | |
1196 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't stuff anything */ | |
1197 return OK; | |
1198 | |
1199 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
1200 if (regname == ':') /* use last command line */ | |
1201 { | |
1202 if (last_cmdline == NULL) | |
1203 { | |
1204 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1205 return FAIL; | |
1206 } | |
1207 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); /* don't keep the cmdline containing @: */ | |
1208 new_last_cmdline = NULL; | |
16 | 1209 /* Escape all control characters with a CTRL-V */ |
1210 p = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(last_cmdline, | |
20 | 1211 (char_u *)"\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037", Ctrl_V, FALSE); |
16 | 1212 if (p != NULL) |
480 | 1213 { |
1214 /* When in Visual mode "'<,'>" will be prepended to the command. | |
1215 * Remove it when it's already there. */ | |
1216 if (VIsual_active && STRNCMP(p, "'<,'>", 5) == 0) | |
1077 | 1217 retval = put_in_typebuf(p + 5, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1218 else |
1077 | 1219 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1220 } |
16 | 1221 vim_free(p); |
7 | 1222 } |
1223 #endif | |
1224 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1225 else if (regname == '=') | |
1226 { | |
1227 p = get_expr_line(); | |
1228 if (p == NULL) | |
1229 return FAIL; | |
1077 | 1230 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1231 vim_free(p); |
1232 } | |
1233 #endif | |
1234 else if (regname == '.') /* use last inserted text */ | |
1235 { | |
1236 p = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1237 if (p == NULL) | |
1238 { | |
1239 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1240 return FAIL; | |
1241 } | |
1077 | 1242 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, FALSE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1243 vim_free(p); |
1244 } | |
1245 else | |
1246 { | |
1247 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1248 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1249 return FAIL; | |
1250 | |
1251 /* Disallow remaping for ":@r". */ | |
1252 remap = colon ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES; | |
1253 | |
1254 /* | |
1255 * Insert lines into typeahead buffer, from last one to first one. | |
1256 */ | |
1034 | 1257 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1258 for (i = y_current->y_size; --i >= 0; ) |
1259 { | |
1077 | 1260 char_u *escaped; |
1261 | |
7 | 1262 /* insert NL between lines and after last line if type is MLINE */ |
1263 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1264 || addcr) | |
1265 { | |
1034 | 1266 if (ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) == FAIL) |
7 | 1267 return FAIL; |
1268 } | |
1077 | 1269 escaped = vim_strsave_escape_csi(y_current->y_array[i]); |
1270 if (escaped == NULL) | |
1271 return FAIL; | |
1272 retval = ins_typebuf(escaped, remap, 0, TRUE, silent); | |
1273 vim_free(escaped); | |
1274 if (retval == FAIL) | |
7 | 1275 return FAIL; |
1034 | 1276 if (colon && ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) |
7 | 1277 == FAIL) |
1278 return FAIL; | |
1279 } | |
1280 Exec_reg = TRUE; /* disable the 'q' command */ | |
1281 } | |
1282 return retval; | |
1283 } | |
1284 | |
1285 /* | |
1286 * If "restart_edit" is not zero, put it in the typeahead buffer, so that it's | |
1287 * used only after other typeahead has been processed. | |
1288 */ | |
1289 static void | |
1034 | 1290 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent) |
1291 int silent; | |
7 | 1292 { |
1293 char_u buf[3]; | |
1294 | |
1295 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
1296 { | |
1297 if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
1298 { | |
1299 buf[0] = 'g'; | |
1300 buf[1] = 'R'; | |
1301 buf[2] = NUL; | |
1302 } | |
1303 else | |
1304 { | |
1305 buf[0] = restart_edit == 'I' ? 'i' : restart_edit; | |
1306 buf[1] = NUL; | |
1307 } | |
1034 | 1308 if (ins_typebuf(buf, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent) == OK) |
7 | 1309 restart_edit = NUL; |
1310 } | |
1311 } | |
1312 | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1313 /* |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1314 * Insert register contents "s" into the typeahead buffer, so that it will be |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1315 * executed again. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1316 * When "esc" is TRUE it is to be taken literally: Escape CSI characters and |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1317 * no remapping. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1318 */ |
7 | 1319 static int |
1077 | 1320 put_in_typebuf(s, esc, colon, silent) |
7 | 1321 char_u *s; |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1322 int esc; |
7 | 1323 int colon; /* add ':' before the line */ |
1034 | 1324 int silent; |
7 | 1325 { |
1326 int retval = OK; | |
1327 | |
1034 | 1328 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1329 if (colon) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1330 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1331 if (retval == OK) |
1077 | 1332 { |
1333 char_u *p; | |
1334 | |
1335 if (esc) | |
1336 p = vim_strsave_escape_csi(s); | |
1337 else | |
1338 p = s; | |
1339 if (p == NULL) | |
1340 retval = FAIL; | |
1341 else | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1342 retval = ins_typebuf(p, esc ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES, |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1343 0, TRUE, silent); |
1077 | 1344 if (esc) |
1345 vim_free(p); | |
1346 } | |
7 | 1347 if (colon && retval == OK) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1348 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1349 return retval; |
1350 } | |
1351 | |
1352 /* | |
1353 * Insert a yank register: copy it into the Read buffer. | |
1354 * Used by CTRL-R command and middle mouse button in insert mode. | |
1355 * | |
1356 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1357 */ | |
1358 int | |
1359 insert_reg(regname, literally) | |
1360 int regname; | |
1361 int literally; /* insert literally, not as if typed */ | |
1362 { | |
1363 long i; | |
1364 int retval = OK; | |
1365 char_u *arg; | |
1366 int allocated; | |
1367 | |
1368 /* | |
1369 * It is possible to get into an endless loop by having CTRL-R a in | |
1370 * register a and then, in insert mode, doing CTRL-R a. | |
1371 * If you hit CTRL-C, the loop will be broken here. | |
1372 */ | |
1373 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1374 if (got_int) | |
1375 return FAIL; | |
1376 | |
1377 /* check for valid regname */ | |
1378 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1379 return FAIL; | |
1380 | |
1381 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1382 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1383 #endif | |
1384 | |
1385 if (regname == '.') /* insert last inserted text */ | |
1386 retval = stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, TRUE); | |
1387 else if (get_spec_reg(regname, &arg, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
1388 { | |
1389 if (arg == NULL) | |
1390 return FAIL; | |
1391 stuffescaped(arg, literally); | |
1392 if (allocated) | |
1393 vim_free(arg); | |
1394 } | |
1395 else /* name or number register */ | |
1396 { | |
1397 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1398 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1399 retval = FAIL; | |
1400 else | |
1401 { | |
1402 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1403 { | |
1404 stuffescaped(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1405 /* | |
1406 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
1407 * y_type is MLINE. | |
1408 */ | |
1409 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
1410 stuffcharReadbuff('\n'); | |
1411 } | |
1412 } | |
1413 } | |
1414 | |
1415 return retval; | |
1416 } | |
1417 | |
1418 /* | |
1419 * Stuff a string into the typeahead buffer, such that edit() will insert it | |
1420 * literally ("literally" TRUE) or interpret is as typed characters. | |
1421 */ | |
1422 static void | |
1423 stuffescaped(arg, literally) | |
1424 char_u *arg; | |
1425 int literally; | |
1426 { | |
1427 int c; | |
1428 char_u *start; | |
1429 | |
1430 while (*arg != NUL) | |
1431 { | |
1432 /* Stuff a sequence of normal ASCII characters, that's fast. Also | |
1433 * stuff K_SPECIAL to get the effect of a special key when "literally" | |
1434 * is TRUE. */ | |
1435 start = arg; | |
1436 while ((*arg >= ' ' | |
1437 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
1438 && *arg < DEL /* EBCDIC: chars above space are normal */ | |
1439 #endif | |
1440 ) | |
1441 || (*arg == K_SPECIAL && !literally)) | |
1442 ++arg; | |
1443 if (arg > start) | |
1444 stuffReadbuffLen(start, (long)(arg - start)); | |
1445 | |
1446 /* stuff a single special character */ | |
1447 if (*arg != NUL) | |
1448 { | |
1449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1450 if (has_mbyte) | |
2446
348f64c129df
Fixed: CTRL-R in Insert mode doesn't insert composing characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1451 c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&arg); |
7 | 1452 else |
1453 #endif | |
1454 c = *arg++; | |
1455 if (literally && ((c < ' ' && c != TAB) || c == DEL)) | |
1456 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_V); | |
1457 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
1458 } | |
1459 } | |
1460 } | |
1461 | |
1462 /* | |
1157 | 1463 * If "regname" is a special register, return TRUE and store a pointer to its |
1464 * value in "argp". | |
7 | 1465 */ |
15 | 1466 int |
7 | 1467 get_spec_reg(regname, argp, allocated, errmsg) |
1468 int regname; | |
1469 char_u **argp; | |
1157 | 1470 int *allocated; /* return: TRUE when value was allocated */ |
7 | 1471 int errmsg; /* give error message when failing */ |
1472 { | |
1473 int cnt; | |
1474 | |
1475 *argp = NULL; | |
1476 *allocated = FALSE; | |
1477 switch (regname) | |
1478 { | |
1479 case '%': /* file name */ | |
1480 if (errmsg) | |
1481 check_fname(); /* will give emsg if not set */ | |
1482 *argp = curbuf->b_fname; | |
1483 return TRUE; | |
1484 | |
1485 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
1486 *argp = getaltfname(errmsg); /* may give emsg if not set */ | |
1487 return TRUE; | |
1488 | |
1489 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1490 case '=': /* result of expression */ | |
1491 *argp = get_expr_line(); | |
1492 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1493 return TRUE; | |
1494 #endif | |
1495 | |
1496 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
1497 if (last_cmdline == NULL && errmsg) | |
1498 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1499 *argp = last_cmdline; | |
1500 return TRUE; | |
1501 | |
1502 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
1503 if (last_search_pat() == NULL && errmsg) | |
1504 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
1505 *argp = last_search_pat(); | |
1506 return TRUE; | |
1507 | |
1508 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
1509 *argp = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1510 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1511 if (*argp == NULL && errmsg) | |
1512 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1513 return TRUE; | |
1514 | |
1515 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
1516 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
1517 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
1518 if (!errmsg) | |
1519 return FALSE; | |
1520 *argp = file_name_at_cursor(FNAME_MESS | FNAME_HYP | |
681 | 1521 | (regname == Ctrl_P ? FNAME_EXP : 0), 1L, NULL); |
7 | 1522 *allocated = TRUE; |
1523 return TRUE; | |
1524 #endif | |
1525 | |
1526 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
1527 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
1528 if (!errmsg) | |
1529 return FALSE; | |
1530 cnt = find_ident_under_cursor(argp, regname == Ctrl_W | |
1531 ? (FIND_IDENT|FIND_STRING) : FIND_STRING); | |
1532 *argp = cnt ? vim_strnsave(*argp, cnt) : NULL; | |
1533 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1534 return TRUE; | |
1535 | |
1536 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
1537 *argp = (char_u *)""; | |
1538 return TRUE; | |
1539 } | |
1540 | |
1541 return FALSE; | |
1542 } | |
1543 | |
1544 /* | |
15 | 1545 * Paste a yank register into the command line. |
1546 * Only for non-special registers. | |
1547 * Used by CTRL-R command in command-line mode | |
7 | 1548 * insert_reg() can't be used here, because special characters from the |
1549 * register contents will be interpreted as commands. | |
1550 * | |
1551 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1552 */ | |
1553 int | |
1015 | 1554 cmdline_paste_reg(regname, literally, remcr) |
7 | 1555 int regname; |
1556 int literally; /* Insert text literally instead of "as typed" */ | |
1015 | 1557 int remcr; /* don't add trailing CR */ |
7 | 1558 { |
1559 long i; | |
1560 | |
1561 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1562 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1563 return FAIL; | |
1564 | |
1565 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1566 { | |
1567 cmdline_paste_str(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1568 | |
1015 | 1569 /* Insert ^M between lines and after last line if type is MLINE. |
1570 * Don't do this when "remcr" is TRUE and the next line is empty. */ | |
1571 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE | |
1572 || (i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1573 && !(remcr | |
1574 && i == y_current->y_size - 2 | |
1575 && *y_current->y_array[i + 1] == NUL))) | |
7 | 1576 cmdline_paste_str((char_u *)"\r", literally); |
1577 | |
1578 /* Check for CTRL-C, in case someone tries to paste a few thousand | |
1579 * lines and gets bored. */ | |
1580 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1581 if (got_int) | |
1582 return FAIL; | |
1583 } | |
1584 return OK; | |
1585 } | |
1586 | |
1587 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
1588 /* | |
1589 * Adjust the register name pointed to with "rp" for the clipboard being | |
1590 * used always and the clipboard being available. | |
1591 */ | |
1592 void | |
1593 adjust_clip_reg(rp) | |
1594 int *rp; | |
1595 { | |
2654 | 1596 /* If no reg. specified, and "unnamed" or "unnamedplus" is in 'clipboard', |
1597 * use '*' or '+' reg, respectively. "unnamedplus" prevails. */ | |
1598 if (*rp == 0 && clip_unnamed != 0) | |
1599 *rp = ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && clip_plus.available) | |
1600 ? '+' : '*'; | |
7 | 1601 if (!clip_star.available && *rp == '*') |
1602 *rp = 0; | |
1603 if (!clip_plus.available && *rp == '+') | |
1604 *rp = 0; | |
1605 } | |
1606 #endif | |
1607 | |
1608 /* | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1609 * Handle a delete operation. |
7 | 1610 * |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1611 * Return FAIL if undo failed, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1612 */ |
1613 int | |
1614 op_delete(oap) | |
1615 oparg_T *oap; | |
1616 { | |
1617 int n; | |
1618 linenr_T lnum; | |
1619 char_u *ptr; | |
1620 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1621 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
1622 struct block_def bd; | |
1623 #endif | |
1624 linenr_T old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1625 int did_yank = FALSE; | |
3782 | 1626 int orig_regname = oap->regname; |
7 | 1627 |
1628 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to do */ | |
1629 return OK; | |
1630 | |
1631 /* Nothing to delete, return here. Do prepare undo, for op_change(). */ | |
1632 if (oap->empty) | |
1633 return u_save_cursor(); | |
1634 | |
1635 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
1636 { | |
1637 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
1638 return FAIL; | |
1639 } | |
1640 | |
1641 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1642 adjust_clip_reg(&oap->regname); | |
1643 #endif | |
1644 | |
1645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1646 if (has_mbyte) | |
1647 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
1648 #endif | |
1649 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1650 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1651 * Imitate the strange Vi behaviour: If the delete spans more than one |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1652 * line and motion_type == MCHAR and the result is a blank line, make the |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1653 * delete linewise. Don't do this for the change command or Visual mode. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1654 */ |
7 | 1655 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1656 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1657 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
50 | 1658 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 1659 #endif |
1660 && oap->line_count > 1 | |
3254 | 1661 && oap->motion_force == NUL |
7 | 1662 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE) |
1663 { | |
2957 | 1664 ptr = ml_get(oap->end.lnum) + oap->end.col; |
1665 if (*ptr != NUL) | |
1666 ptr += oap->inclusive; | |
7 | 1667 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); |
1668 if (*ptr == NUL && inindent(0)) | |
1669 oap->motion_type = MLINE; | |
1670 } | |
1671 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1672 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1673 * Check for trying to delete (e.g. "D") in an empty line. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1674 * Note: For the change operator it is ok. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1675 */ |
7 | 1676 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1677 && oap->line_count == 1 | |
1678 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
1679 && *ml_get(oap->start.lnum) == NUL) | |
1680 { | |
1681 /* | |
446 | 1682 * It's an error to operate on an empty region, when 'E' included in |
7 | 1683 * 'cpoptions' (Vi compatible). |
1684 */ | |
446 | 1685 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1686 if (virtual_op) | |
1687 /* Virtual editing: Nothing gets deleted, but we set the '[ and '] | |
1688 * marks as if it happened. */ | |
1689 goto setmarks; | |
1690 #endif | |
7 | 1691 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_EMPTYREGION) != NULL) |
1692 beep_flush(); | |
1693 return OK; | |
1694 } | |
1695 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1696 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1697 * Do a yank of whatever we're about to delete. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1698 * If a yank register was specified, put the deleted text into that |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1699 * register. For the black hole register '_' don't yank anything. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1700 */ |
7 | 1701 if (oap->regname != '_') |
1702 { | |
1703 if (oap->regname != 0) | |
1704 { | |
1705 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1706 if (!valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
1707 { | |
1708 beep_flush(); | |
1709 return OK; | |
1710 } | |
1711 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); /* yank into specif'd reg. */ | |
1712 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) /* yank without message */ | |
1713 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1714 } | |
1715 | |
1716 /* | |
1717 * Put deleted text into register 1 and shift number registers if the | |
1718 * delete contains a line break, or when a regname has been specified. | |
3782 | 1719 * Use the register name from before adjust_clip_reg() may have |
1720 * changed it. | |
7 | 1721 */ |
3782 | 1722 if (orig_regname != 0 || oap->motion_type == MLINE |
7 | 1723 || oap->line_count > 1 || oap->use_reg_one) |
1724 { | |
1725 y_current = &y_regs[9]; | |
1726 free_yank_all(); /* free register nine */ | |
1727 for (n = 9; n > 1; --n) | |
1728 y_regs[n] = y_regs[n - 1]; | |
1729 y_previous = y_current = &y_regs[1]; | |
1730 y_regs[1].y_array = NULL; /* set register one to empty */ | |
1731 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1732 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1733 } | |
1734 | |
3468 | 1735 /* Yank into small delete register when no named register specified |
1736 * and the delete is within one line. */ | |
1737 if (( | |
1738 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3584 | 1739 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED) && oap->regname == '*') || |
1740 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && oap->regname == '+') || | |
3468 | 1741 #endif |
1742 oap->regname == 0) && oap->motion_type != MLINE | |
7 | 1743 && oap->line_count == 1) |
1744 { | |
1745 oap->regname = '-'; | |
1746 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
1747 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1748 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1749 oap->regname = 0; | |
1750 } | |
1751 | |
1752 /* | |
1753 * If there's too much stuff to fit in the yank register, then get a | |
1754 * confirmation before doing the delete. This is crude, but simple. | |
1755 * And it avoids doing a delete of something we can't put back if we | |
1756 * want. | |
1757 */ | |
1758 if (!did_yank) | |
1759 { | |
1760 int msg_silent_save = msg_silent; | |
1761 | |
1762 msg_silent = 0; /* must display the prompt */ | |
1763 n = ask_yesno((char_u *)_("cannot yank; delete anyway"), TRUE); | |
1764 msg_silent = msg_silent_save; | |
1765 if (n != 'y') | |
1766 { | |
1767 EMSG(_(e_abort)); | |
1768 return FAIL; | |
1769 } | |
1770 } | |
1771 } | |
1772 | |
1773 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1774 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1775 * block mode delete |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1776 */ |
7 | 1777 if (oap->block_mode) |
1778 { | |
1779 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
1780 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1781 return FAIL; | |
1782 | |
1783 for (lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++lnum) | |
1784 { | |
1785 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, TRUE); | |
1786 if (bd.textlen == 0) /* nothing to delete */ | |
1787 continue; | |
1788 | |
1789 /* Adjust cursor position for tab replaced by spaces and 'lbr'. */ | |
1790 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
1791 { | |
1792 curwin->w_cursor.col = bd.textcol + bd.startspaces; | |
1793 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1794 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1795 # endif | |
1796 } | |
1797 | |
1798 /* n == number of chars deleted | |
1799 * If we delete a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
1800 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
1801 */ | |
1802 n = bd.textlen - bd.startspaces - bd.endspaces; | |
1803 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
1804 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)STRLEN(oldp) + 1 - n); | |
1805 if (newp == NULL) | |
1806 continue; | |
1807 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
1808 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
1809 /* insert spaces */ | |
1810 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, | |
1811 (size_t)(bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces)); | |
1812 /* copy the part after the deleted part */ | |
1813 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
1622 | 1814 STRMOVE(newp + bd.textcol + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces, oldp); |
7 | 1815 /* replace the line */ |
1816 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
1817 } | |
1818 | |
1819 check_cursor_col(); | |
1820 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
1821 oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
1822 oap->line_count = 0; /* no lines deleted */ | |
1823 } | |
1824 else | |
1825 #endif | |
1826 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
1827 { | |
1828 if (oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE) | |
1829 { | |
1830 /* Delete the lines except the first one. Temporarily move the | |
1831 * cursor to the next line. Save the current line number, if the | |
1832 * last line is deleted it may be changed. | |
1833 */ | |
1834 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1835 { | |
1836 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1837 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1838 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 1), TRUE); | |
1839 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
1840 } | |
1841 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
1842 return FAIL; | |
1843 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) /* don't delete indent */ | |
1844 { | |
1845 beginline(BL_WHITE); /* cursor on first non-white */ | |
1846 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent when ESC hit */ | |
1847 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1848 } | |
1849 else | |
1850 beginline(0); /* cursor in column 0 */ | |
1851 truncate_line(FALSE); /* delete the rest of the line */ | |
1852 /* leave cursor past last char in line */ | |
1853 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1854 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "2cc" */ | |
1855 } | |
1856 else | |
1857 { | |
1858 del_lines(oap->line_count, TRUE); | |
1859 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
1860 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "dd" */ | |
1861 } | |
1862 } | |
1863 else | |
1864 { | |
1865 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1866 if (virtual_op) | |
1867 { | |
1868 int endcol = 0; | |
1869 | |
1870 /* For virtualedit: break the tabs that are partly included. */ | |
1871 if (gchar_pos(&oap->start) == '\t') | |
1872 { | |
1873 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save first line for undo */ | |
1874 return FAIL; | |
1875 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1876 endcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd); | |
1877 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd)); | |
1878 oap->start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1879 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1880 { | |
1881 coladvance(endcol); | |
1882 oap->end.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1883 oap->end.coladd = curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1884 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1885 } | |
1886 } | |
1887 | |
1888 /* Break a tab only when it's included in the area. */ | |
1889 if (gchar_pos(&oap->end) == '\t' | |
1890 && (int)oap->end.coladd < oap->inclusive) | |
1891 { | |
1892 /* save last line for undo */ | |
1893 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum - 1), | |
1894 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1895 return FAIL; | |
1896 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
1897 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd)); | |
1898 oap->end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1899 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1900 } | |
1901 } | |
1902 #endif | |
1903 | |
1904 if (oap->line_count == 1) /* delete characters within one line */ | |
1905 { | |
1906 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save line for undo */ | |
1907 return FAIL; | |
1908 | |
1909 /* if 'cpoptions' contains '$', display '$' at end of change */ | |
1910 if ( vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOLLAR) != NULL | |
1911 && oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE | |
1912 && oap->end.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
1913 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1914 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1915 #endif | |
1916 ) | |
1917 display_dollar(oap->end.col - !oap->inclusive); | |
1918 | |
1919 n = oap->end.col - oap->start.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive; | |
1920 | |
1921 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1922 if (virtual_op) | |
1923 { | |
1924 /* fix up things for virtualedit-delete: | |
1925 * break the tabs which are going to get in our way | |
1926 */ | |
1927 char_u *curline = ml_get_curline(); | |
1928 int len = (int)STRLEN(curline); | |
1929 | |
1930 if (oap->end.coladd != 0 | |
1931 && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1 | |
1932 && !(oap->start.coladd && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1)) | |
1933 n++; | |
1934 /* Delete at least one char (e.g, when on a control char). */ | |
1935 if (n == 0 && oap->start.coladd != oap->end.coladd) | |
1936 n = 1; | |
1937 | |
1938 /* When deleted a char in the line, reset coladd. */ | |
1939 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
1940 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1941 } | |
1942 #endif | |
3093 | 1943 if (oap->op_type == OP_DELETE |
1944 && oap->inclusive | |
1945 && oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
2957 | 1946 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1947 { | |
1948 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1949 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1950 } | |
1951 else | |
1952 { | |
1953 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
613 | 1954 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1955 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1956 #endif | |
1957 ); | |
2957 | 1958 } |
7 | 1959 } |
1960 else /* delete characters between lines */ | |
1961 { | |
1962 pos_T curpos; | |
3372 | 1963 int delete_last_line; |
7 | 1964 |
1965 /* save deleted and changed lines for undo */ | |
1966 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
1967 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + oap->line_count)) == FAIL) | |
1968 return FAIL; | |
1969 | |
3372 | 1970 delete_last_line = (oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count); |
7 | 1971 truncate_line(TRUE); /* delete from cursor to end of line */ |
1972 | |
1973 curpos = curwin->w_cursor; /* remember curwin->w_cursor */ | |
1974 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1975 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 2), FALSE); | |
1976 | |
3400 | 1977 if (delete_last_line) |
1978 oap->end.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1979 | |
2957 | 1980 n = (oap->end.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive); |
3372 | 1981 if (oap->inclusive && delete_last_line |
2957 | 1982 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1983 { | |
1984 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1985 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1986 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3252 | 1987 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
1988 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2957 | 1989 } |
1990 else | |
1991 { | |
1992 /* delete from start of line until op_end */ | |
1993 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1994 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
613 | 1995 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1996 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1997 #endif | |
1998 ); | |
2957 | 1999 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ |
2000 } | |
2001 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3562 | 2002 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 2003 } |
2004 } | |
2005 | |
2006 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); | |
2007 | |
446 | 2008 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
2009 setmarks: | |
2010 #endif | |
7 | 2011 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
2012 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2013 { | |
2014 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2015 curbuf->b_op_end.col = oap->start.col; | |
2016 } | |
2017 else | |
2018 #endif | |
2019 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->start; | |
2020 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2021 | |
2022 return OK; | |
2023 } | |
2024 | |
2025 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2026 /* | |
2027 * Adjust end of operating area for ending on a multi-byte character. | |
2028 * Used for deletion. | |
2029 */ | |
2030 static void | |
2031 mb_adjust_opend(oap) | |
2032 oparg_T *oap; | |
2033 { | |
2034 char_u *p; | |
2035 | |
2036 if (oap->inclusive) | |
2037 { | |
2038 p = ml_get(oap->end.lnum); | |
2039 oap->end.col += mb_tail_off(p, p + oap->end.col); | |
2040 } | |
2041 } | |
2042 #endif | |
2043 | |
2044 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2045 /* | |
2046 * Replace a whole area with one character. | |
2047 */ | |
2048 int | |
2049 op_replace(oap, c) | |
2050 oparg_T *oap; | |
2051 int c; | |
2052 { | |
2053 int n, numc; | |
2054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2055 int num_chars; | |
2056 #endif | |
2057 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
2058 size_t oldlen; | |
2059 struct block_def bd; | |
2060 | |
2061 if ((curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY ) || oap->empty) | |
2062 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
2063 | |
2064 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2065 if (has_mbyte) | |
2066 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
2067 #endif | |
2068 | |
2069 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2070 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2071 return FAIL; | |
2072 | |
2073 /* | |
2074 * block mode replace | |
2075 */ | |
2076 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2077 { | |
2078 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2079 for ( ; curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2080 { | |
1982 | 2081 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure cursor position is valid */ |
7 | 2082 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); |
2083 if (bd.textlen == 0 && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2084 continue; /* nothing to replace */ | |
2085 | |
2086 /* n == number of extra chars required | |
2087 * If we split a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
2088 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
2089 */ | |
2090 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2091 /* If the range starts in virtual space, count the initial | |
2092 * coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2093 if (virtual_op && bd.is_short && *bd.textstart == NUL) | |
2094 { | |
2095 pos_T vpos; | |
2096 | |
1982 | 2097 vpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
7 | 2098 getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2099 bd.startspaces += vpos.coladd; | |
2100 n = bd.startspaces; | |
2101 } | |
2102 else | |
2103 #endif | |
2104 /* allow for pre spaces */ | |
2105 n = (bd.startspaces ? bd.start_char_vcols - 1 : 0); | |
2106 | |
2107 /* allow for post spp */ | |
2108 n += (bd.endspaces | |
2109 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2110 && !bd.is_oneChar | |
2111 #endif | |
2112 && bd.end_char_vcols > 0) ? bd.end_char_vcols - 1 : 0; | |
2113 /* Figure out how many characters to replace. */ | |
2114 numc = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
2115 if (bd.is_short && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2116 numc -= (oap->end_vcol - bd.end_vcol) + 1; | |
2117 | |
2118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2119 /* A double-wide character can be replaced only up to half the | |
2120 * times. */ | |
2121 if ((*mb_char2cells)(c) > 1) | |
2122 { | |
2123 if ((numc & 1) && !bd.is_short) | |
2124 { | |
2125 ++bd.endspaces; | |
2126 ++n; | |
2127 } | |
2128 numc = numc / 2; | |
2129 } | |
2130 | |
2131 /* Compute bytes needed, move character count to num_chars. */ | |
2132 num_chars = numc; | |
2133 numc *= (*mb_char2len)(c); | |
2134 #endif | |
2135 /* oldlen includes textlen, so don't double count */ | |
2136 n += numc - bd.textlen; | |
2137 | |
2138 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
2139 oldlen = STRLEN(oldp); | |
2140 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)oldlen + 1 + n); | |
2141 if (newp == NULL) | |
2142 continue; | |
2143 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(oldlen + 1 + n)); | |
2144 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
2145 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2146 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
2147 /* insert pre-spaces */ | |
2148 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
2149 /* insert replacement chars CHECK FOR ALLOCATED SPACE */ | |
2150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2151 if (has_mbyte) | |
2152 { | |
835 | 2153 n = (int)STRLEN(newp); |
7 | 2154 while (--num_chars >= 0) |
2155 n += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, newp + n); | |
2156 } | |
2157 else | |
2158 #endif | |
2159 copy_chars(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)numc, c); | |
2160 if (!bd.is_short) | |
2161 { | |
2162 /* insert post-spaces */ | |
2163 copy_spaces(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
2164 /* copy the part after the changed part */ | |
1622 | 2165 STRMOVE(newp + STRLEN(newp), oldp); |
7 | 2166 } |
2167 /* replace the line */ | |
2168 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2169 } | |
2170 } | |
2171 else | |
2172 { | |
2173 /* | |
2174 * MCHAR and MLINE motion replace. | |
2175 */ | |
2176 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2177 { | |
2178 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2179 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
2180 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2181 if (oap->end.col) | |
2182 --oap->end.col; | |
2183 } | |
2184 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2185 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2186 | |
2187 while (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, oap->end)) | |
2188 { | |
2189 n = gchar_cursor(); | |
2190 if (n != NUL) | |
2191 { | |
2192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2193 if ((*mb_char2len)(c) > 1 || (*mb_char2len)(n) > 1) | |
2194 { | |
2195 /* This is slow, but it handles replacing a single-byte | |
2196 * with a multi-byte and the other way around. */ | |
2197 oap->end.col += (*mb_char2len)(c) - (*mb_char2len)(n); | |
2198 n = State; | |
2199 State = REPLACE; | |
2200 ins_char(c); | |
2201 State = n; | |
2202 /* Backup to the replaced character. */ | |
2203 dec_cursor(); | |
2204 } | |
2205 else | |
2206 #endif | |
2207 { | |
2208 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2209 if (n == TAB) | |
2210 { | |
2211 int end_vcol = 0; | |
2212 | |
2213 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2214 { | |
2215 /* oap->end has to be recalculated when | |
2216 * the tab breaks */ | |
2217 end_vcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, | |
2218 oap->end.coladd); | |
2219 } | |
2220 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2221 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2222 getvpos(&oap->end, end_vcol); | |
2223 } | |
2224 #endif | |
2225 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2226 } | |
2227 } | |
2228 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2229 else if (virtual_op && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2230 { | |
2231 int virtcols = oap->end.coladd; | |
2232 | |
2233 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->start.lnum | |
2234 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col && oap->start.coladd) | |
2235 virtcols -= oap->start.coladd; | |
2236 | |
2237 /* oap->end has been trimmed so it's effectively inclusive; | |
2238 * as a result an extra +1 must be counted so we don't | |
2239 * trample the NUL byte. */ | |
2240 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd) + 1); | |
2241 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (virtcols + 1); | |
2242 for (; virtcols >= 0; virtcols--) | |
2243 { | |
2244 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2245 if (inc(&curwin->w_cursor) == -1) | |
2246 break; | |
2247 } | |
2248 } | |
2249 #endif | |
2250 | |
2251 /* Advance to next character, stop at the end of the file. */ | |
2252 if (inc_cursor() == -1) | |
2253 break; | |
2254 } | |
2255 } | |
2256 | |
2257 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
2258 check_cursor(); | |
2259 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2260 | |
2261 /* Set "'[" and "']" marks. */ | |
2262 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2263 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2264 | |
2265 return OK; | |
2266 } | |
2267 #endif | |
2268 | |
1525 | 2269 static int swapchars __ARGS((int op_type, pos_T *pos, int length)); |
2270 | |
7 | 2271 /* |
2272 * Handle the (non-standard vi) tilde operator. Also for "gu", "gU" and "g?". | |
2273 */ | |
2274 void | |
2275 op_tilde(oap) | |
2276 oparg_T *oap; | |
2277 { | |
2278 pos_T pos; | |
2279 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2280 struct block_def bd; | |
1525 | 2281 #endif |
1528 | 2282 int did_change = FALSE; |
7 | 2283 |
2284 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2285 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2286 return; | |
2287 | |
2288 pos = oap->start; | |
2289 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2290 if (oap->block_mode) /* Visual block mode */ | |
2291 { | |
2292 for (; pos.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++pos.lnum) | |
2293 { | |
1766 | 2294 int one_change; |
2295 | |
7 | 2296 block_prep(oap, &bd, pos.lnum, FALSE); |
2297 pos.col = bd.textcol; | |
1766 | 2298 one_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, bd.textlen); |
2299 did_change |= one_change; | |
1525 | 2300 |
7 | 2301 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 2302 if (netbeans_active() && one_change) |
7 | 2303 { |
2304 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2305 | |
33 | 2306 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2307 (long)bd.textlen); | |
7 | 2308 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2210 | 2309 &ptr[bd.textcol], bd.textlen); |
7 | 2310 } |
2311 # endif | |
2312 } | |
2313 if (did_change) | |
2314 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2315 } | |
2316 else /* not block mode */ | |
2317 #endif | |
2318 { | |
2319 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2320 { | |
2321 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2322 pos.col = 0; | |
2323 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2324 if (oap->end.col) | |
2325 --oap->end.col; | |
2326 } | |
2327 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2328 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2329 | |
1528 | 2330 if (pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
2331 did_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2332 oap->end.col - pos.col + 1); | |
2333 else | |
2334 for (;;) | |
2335 { | |
2336 did_change |= swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2337 pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum ? oap->end.col + 1: | |
2338 (int)STRLEN(ml_get_pos(&pos))); | |
2339 if (ltoreq(oap->end, pos) || inc(&pos) == -1) | |
2340 break; | |
2341 } | |
7 | 2342 if (did_change) |
2343 { | |
2344 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, | |
2345 0L); | |
2346 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 2347 if (netbeans_active() && did_change) |
7 | 2348 { |
2349 char_u *ptr; | |
2350 int count; | |
2351 | |
2352 pos = oap->start; | |
2353 while (pos.lnum < oap->end.lnum) | |
2354 { | |
2355 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
835 | 2356 count = (int)STRLEN(ptr) - pos.col; |
33 | 2357 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2358 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2359 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2360 pos.col = 0; |
2361 pos.lnum++; | |
2362 } | |
2363 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2364 count = oap->end.col - pos.col + 1; | |
33 | 2365 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2366 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2367 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2368 } |
2369 #endif | |
2370 } | |
2371 } | |
2372 | |
2373 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2374 if (!did_change && oap->is_VIsual) | |
2375 /* No change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
2376 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
2377 #endif | |
2378 | |
2379 /* | |
2380 * Set '[ and '] marks. | |
2381 */ | |
2382 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2383 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2384 | |
2385 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
2386 { | |
2387 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
2388 MSG(_("1 line changed")); | |
2389 else | |
2390 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines changed"), oap->line_count); | |
2391 } | |
2392 } | |
2393 | |
2394 /* | |
1525 | 2395 * Invoke swapchar() on "length" bytes at position "pos". |
2396 * "pos" is advanced to just after the changed characters. | |
2397 * "length" is rounded up to include the whole last multi-byte character. | |
2398 * Also works correctly when the number of bytes changes. | |
2399 * Returns TRUE if some character was changed. | |
2400 */ | |
2401 static int | |
2402 swapchars(op_type, pos, length) | |
2403 int op_type; | |
2404 pos_T *pos; | |
2405 int length; | |
2406 { | |
2407 int todo; | |
2408 int did_change = 0; | |
2409 | |
2410 for (todo = length; todo > 0; --todo) | |
2411 { | |
2412 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2413 if (has_mbyte) | |
2414 /* we're counting bytes, not characters */ | |
2415 todo -= (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_pos(pos)) - 1; | |
2416 # endif | |
2417 did_change |= swapchar(op_type, pos); | |
2418 if (inc(pos) == -1) /* at end of file */ | |
2419 break; | |
2420 } | |
2421 return did_change; | |
2422 } | |
2423 | |
2424 /* | |
7 | 2425 * If op_type == OP_UPPER: make uppercase, |
2426 * if op_type == OP_LOWER: make lowercase, | |
2427 * if op_type == OP_ROT13: do rot13 encoding, | |
2428 * else swap case of character at 'pos' | |
2429 * returns TRUE when something actually changed. | |
2430 */ | |
2431 int | |
2432 swapchar(op_type, pos) | |
2433 int op_type; | |
2434 pos_T *pos; | |
2435 { | |
2436 int c; | |
2437 int nc; | |
2438 | |
2439 c = gchar_pos(pos); | |
2440 | |
2441 /* Only do rot13 encoding for ASCII characters. */ | |
2442 if (c >= 0x80 && op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2443 return FALSE; | |
2444 | |
2445 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1525 | 2446 if (op_type == OP_UPPER && c == 0xdf |
2447 && (enc_latin1like || STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-2") == 0)) | |
493 | 2448 { |
2449 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2450 | |
2451 /* Special handling of German sharp s: change to "SS". */ | |
2452 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2453 del_char(FALSE); | |
2454 ins_char('S'); | |
2455 ins_char('S'); | |
2456 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2457 inc(pos); | |
2458 } | |
2459 | |
7 | 2460 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c >= 0x100) /* No lower/uppercase letter */ |
2461 return FALSE; | |
2462 #endif | |
2463 nc = c; | |
2464 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2465 { | |
2466 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2467 nc = ROT13(c, 'a'); | |
2468 else if (op_type != OP_LOWER) | |
2469 nc = MB_TOUPPER(c); | |
2470 } | |
2471 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2472 { | |
2473 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2474 nc = ROT13(c, 'A'); | |
2475 else if (op_type != OP_UPPER) | |
2476 nc = MB_TOLOWER(c); | |
2477 } | |
2478 if (nc != c) | |
2479 { | |
2480 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2481 if (enc_utf8 && (c >= 0x80 || nc >= 0x80)) | |
2482 { | |
2483 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2484 | |
2485 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2451
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2486 /* don't use del_char(), it also removes composing chars */ |
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2487 del_bytes(utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()), FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 2488 ins_char(nc); |
2489 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2490 } | |
2491 else | |
2492 #endif | |
2493 pchar(*pos, nc); | |
2494 return TRUE; | |
2495 } | |
2496 return FALSE; | |
2497 } | |
2498 | |
2499 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2500 /* | |
2501 * op_insert - Insert and append operators for Visual mode. | |
2502 */ | |
2503 void | |
2504 op_insert(oap, count1) | |
2505 oparg_T *oap; | |
2506 long count1; | |
2507 { | |
2508 long ins_len, pre_textlen = 0; | |
2509 char_u *firstline, *ins_text; | |
2510 struct block_def bd; | |
2511 int i; | |
2512 | |
2513 /* edit() changes this - record it for OP_APPEND */ | |
2514 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2515 | |
2516 /* vis block is still marked. Get rid of it now. */ | |
2517 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2518 update_screen(INVERTED); | |
2519 | |
2520 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2521 { | |
2522 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2523 /* When 'virtualedit' is used, need to insert the extra spaces before | |
2524 * doing block_prep(). When only "block" is used, virtual edit is | |
2525 * already disabled, but still need it when calling | |
2526 * coladvance_force(). */ | |
2527 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
2528 { | |
2529 int old_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
2530 | |
2531 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
2532 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2533 return; | |
2534 coladvance_force(oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
2535 ? oap->end_vcol + 1 : getviscol()); | |
2536 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2537 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2538 ve_flags = old_ve_flags; | |
2539 } | |
2540 #endif | |
2541 /* Get the info about the block before entering the text */ | |
2542 block_prep(oap, &bd, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2543 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2544 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2545 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
2546 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2547 } | |
2548 | |
2549 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2550 { | |
2551 if (oap->block_mode | |
2552 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2553 && curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 0 | |
2554 #endif | |
2555 ) | |
2556 { | |
2557 /* Move the cursor to the character right of the block. */ | |
2558 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
2559 while (*ml_get_cursor() != NUL | |
2560 && (curwin->w_cursor.col < bd.textcol + bd.textlen)) | |
2561 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2562 if (bd.is_short && !bd.is_MAX) | |
2563 { | |
2564 /* First line was too short, make it longer and adjust the | |
2565 * values in "bd". */ | |
2566 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2567 return; | |
2568 for (i = 0; i < bd.endspaces; ++i) | |
2569 ins_char(' '); | |
2570 bd.textlen += bd.endspaces; | |
2571 } | |
2572 } | |
2573 else | |
2574 { | |
2575 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
893 | 2576 check_cursor_col(); |
7 | 2577 |
2578 /* Works just like an 'i'nsert on the next character. */ | |
2579 if (!lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2580 && oap->start_vcol != oap->end_vcol) | |
2581 inc_cursor(); | |
2582 } | |
2583 } | |
2584 | |
2585 edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)count1); | |
2586 | |
1477 | 2587 /* If user has moved off this line, we don't know what to do, so do |
2588 * nothing. | |
2589 * Also don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. */ | |
2590 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != oap->start.lnum || got_int) | |
7 | 2591 return; |
2592 | |
2593 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2594 { | |
2595 struct block_def bd2; | |
2596 | |
2597 /* | |
2598 * Spaces and tabs in the indent may have changed to other spaces and | |
1392 | 2599 * tabs. Get the starting column again and correct the length. |
7 | 2600 * Don't do this when "$" used, end-of-line will have changed. |
2601 */ | |
2602 block_prep(oap, &bd2, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2603 if (!bd.is_MAX || bd2.textlen < bd.textlen) | |
2604 { | |
2605 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2606 { | |
2607 pre_textlen += bd2.textlen - bd.textlen; | |
2608 if (bd2.endspaces) | |
2609 --bd2.textlen; | |
2610 } | |
2611 bd.textcol = bd2.textcol; | |
2612 bd.textlen = bd2.textlen; | |
2613 } | |
2614 | |
2615 /* | |
2616 * Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2617 * copy of the required string. | |
2618 */ | |
2619 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2620 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2621 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
3421 | 2622 if (pre_textlen >= 0 |
2623 && (ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen) > 0) | |
7 | 2624 { |
2625 ins_text = vim_strnsave(firstline, (int)ins_len); | |
2626 if (ins_text != NULL) | |
2627 { | |
2628 /* block handled here */ | |
2629 if (u_save(oap->start.lnum, | |
2630 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == OK) | |
2631 block_insert(oap, ins_text, (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT), | |
2632 &bd); | |
2633 | |
2634 curwin->w_cursor.col = oap->start.col; | |
2635 check_cursor(); | |
2636 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2637 } | |
2638 } | |
2639 } | |
2640 } | |
2641 #endif | |
2642 | |
2643 /* | |
2644 * op_change - handle a change operation | |
2645 * | |
2646 * return TRUE if edit() returns because of a CTRL-O command | |
2647 */ | |
2648 int | |
2649 op_change(oap) | |
2650 oparg_T *oap; | |
2651 { | |
2652 colnr_T l; | |
2653 int retval; | |
2654 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2655 long offset; | |
2656 linenr_T linenr; | |
1392 | 2657 long ins_len; |
2658 long pre_textlen = 0; | |
2659 long pre_indent = 0; | |
7 | 2660 char_u *firstline; |
2661 char_u *ins_text, *newp, *oldp; | |
2662 struct block_def bd; | |
2663 #endif | |
2664 | |
2665 l = oap->start.col; | |
2666 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2667 { | |
2668 l = 0; | |
2669 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
2670 if (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
2671 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2672 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
2673 # endif | |
2674 ) | |
2675 can_si = TRUE; /* It's like opening a new line, do si */ | |
2676 #endif | |
2677 } | |
2678 | |
2679 /* First delete the text in the region. In an empty buffer only need to | |
2680 * save for undo */ | |
2681 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
2682 { | |
2683 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2684 return FALSE; | |
2685 } | |
2686 else if (op_delete(oap) == FAIL) | |
2687 return FALSE; | |
2688 | |
2689 if ((l > curwin->w_cursor.col) && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2690 && !virtual_op) | |
2691 inc_cursor(); | |
2692 | |
2693 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2694 /* check for still on same line (<CR> in inserted text meaningless) */ | |
2695 /* skip blank lines too */ | |
2696 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2697 { | |
2698 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2699 /* Add spaces before getting the current line length. */ | |
2700 if (virtual_op && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
2701 || gchar_cursor() == NUL)) | |
2702 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2703 # endif | |
1392 | 2704 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
2705 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2706 pre_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); | |
7 | 2707 bd.textcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2708 } | |
2709 #endif | |
2710 | |
2711 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
2712 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2713 fix_indent(); | |
2714 #endif | |
2715 | |
2716 retval = edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)1); | |
2717 | |
2718 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2719 /* | |
39 | 2720 * In Visual block mode, handle copying the new text to all lines of the |
7 | 2721 * block. |
1477 | 2722 * Don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. |
7 | 2723 */ |
1477 | 2724 if (oap->block_mode && oap->start.lnum != oap->end.lnum && !got_int) |
7 | 2725 { |
1392 | 2726 /* Auto-indenting may have changed the indent. If the cursor was past |
2727 * the indent, exclude that indent change from the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2728 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
1403 | 2729 if (bd.textcol > (colnr_T)pre_indent) |
7 | 2730 { |
1392 | 2731 long new_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); |
2732 | |
2733 pre_textlen += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2734 bd.textcol += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2735 } | |
2736 | |
2737 ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen; | |
2738 if (ins_len > 0) | |
2739 { | |
2740 /* Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2741 * copy of the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2742 if ((ins_text = alloc_check((unsigned)(ins_len + 1))) != NULL) |
2743 { | |
419 | 2744 vim_strncpy(ins_text, firstline + bd.textcol, (size_t)ins_len); |
7 | 2745 for (linenr = oap->start.lnum + 1; linenr <= oap->end.lnum; |
2746 linenr++) | |
2747 { | |
2748 block_prep(oap, &bd, linenr, TRUE); | |
2749 if (!bd.is_short || virtual_op) | |
2750 { | |
2751 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2752 pos_T vpos; | |
2753 | |
2754 /* If the block starts in virtual space, count the | |
2755 * initial coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2756 if (bd.is_short) | |
2757 { | |
1982 | 2758 vpos.lnum = linenr; |
7 | 2759 (void)getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2760 } | |
2761 else | |
2762 vpos.coladd = 0; | |
2763 # endif | |
2764 oldp = ml_get(linenr); | |
2765 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) | |
2766 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2767 + vpos.coladd | |
2768 # endif | |
2769 + ins_len + 1)); | |
2770 if (newp == NULL) | |
2771 continue; | |
2772 /* copy up to block start */ | |
2773 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2774 offset = bd.textcol; | |
2775 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2776 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)vpos.coladd); | |
2777 offset += vpos.coladd; | |
2778 # endif | |
2779 mch_memmove(newp + offset, ins_text, (size_t)ins_len); | |
2780 offset += ins_len; | |
2781 oldp += bd.textcol; | |
1622 | 2782 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 2783 ml_replace(linenr, newp, FALSE); |
2784 } | |
2785 } | |
2786 check_cursor(); | |
2787 | |
2788 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2789 } | |
2790 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2791 } | |
2792 } | |
2793 #endif | |
2794 | |
2795 return retval; | |
2796 } | |
2797 | |
2798 /* | |
2799 * set all the yank registers to empty (called from main()) | |
2800 */ | |
2801 void | |
2802 init_yank() | |
2803 { | |
2804 int i; | |
2805 | |
2806 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2807 y_regs[i].y_array = NULL; | |
2808 } | |
2809 | |
356 | 2810 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
2811 void | |
2812 clear_registers() | |
2813 { | |
2814 int i; | |
2815 | |
2816 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2817 { | |
2818 y_current = &y_regs[i]; | |
2819 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2820 free_yank_all(); | |
2821 } | |
2822 } | |
2823 #endif | |
2824 | |
7 | 2825 /* |
2826 * Free "n" lines from the current yank register. | |
2827 * Called for normal freeing and in case of error. | |
2828 */ | |
2829 static void | |
2830 free_yank(n) | |
2831 long n; | |
2832 { | |
2833 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2834 { | |
2835 long i; | |
2836 | |
2837 for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) | |
2838 { | |
2839 #ifdef AMIGA /* only for very slow machines */ | |
2840 if ((i & 1023) == 1023) /* this may take a while */ | |
2841 { | |
2842 /* | |
2843 * This message should never cause a hit-return message. | |
2844 * Overwrite this message with any next message. | |
2845 */ | |
2846 ++no_wait_return; | |
2847 smsg((char_u *)_("freeing %ld lines"), i + 1); | |
2848 --no_wait_return; | |
2849 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
2850 msg_col = 0; | |
2851 } | |
2852 #endif | |
2853 vim_free(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
2854 } | |
2855 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
2856 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
2857 #ifdef AMIGA | |
2858 if (n >= 1000) | |
2859 MSG(""); | |
2860 #endif | |
2861 } | |
2862 } | |
2863 | |
2864 static void | |
2865 free_yank_all() | |
2866 { | |
2867 free_yank(y_current->y_size); | |
2868 } | |
2869 | |
2870 /* | |
2871 * Yank the text between "oap->start" and "oap->end" into a yank register. | |
2872 * If we are to append (uppercase register), we first yank into a new yank | |
2873 * register and then concatenate the old and the new one (so we keep the old | |
2874 * one in case of out-of-memory). | |
2875 * | |
2876 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2877 */ | |
2878 int | |
2879 op_yank(oap, deleting, mess) | |
2880 oparg_T *oap; | |
2881 int deleting; | |
2882 int mess; | |
2883 { | |
2884 long y_idx; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
2885 struct yankreg *curr; /* copy of y_current */ | |
2886 struct yankreg newreg; /* new yank register when appending */ | |
2887 char_u **new_ptr; | |
2888 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
2889 long j; | |
2890 int yanktype = oap->motion_type; | |
2891 long yanklines = oap->line_count; | |
2892 linenr_T yankendlnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2893 char_u *p; | |
2894 char_u *pnew; | |
2895 struct block_def bd; | |
2658 | 2896 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
2654 | 2897 int did_star = FALSE; |
2658 | 2898 #endif |
7 | 2899 |
2900 /* check for read-only register */ | |
2901 if (oap->regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
2902 { | |
2903 beep_flush(); | |
2904 return FAIL; | |
2905 } | |
2906 if (oap->regname == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
2907 return OK; | |
2908 | |
2909 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
2910 if (!clip_star.available && oap->regname == '*') | |
2911 oap->regname = 0; | |
2912 else if (!clip_plus.available && oap->regname == '+') | |
2913 oap->regname = 0; | |
2914 #endif | |
2915 | |
2916 if (!deleting) /* op_delete() already set y_current */ | |
2917 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
2918 | |
2919 curr = y_current; | |
2920 /* append to existing contents */ | |
2921 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2922 y_current = &newreg; | |
2923 else | |
2924 free_yank_all(); /* free previously yanked lines */ | |
2925 | |
593 | 2926 /* |
2927 * If the cursor was in column 1 before and after the movement, and the | |
2928 * operator is not inclusive, the yank is always linewise. | |
2929 */ | |
7 | 2930 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
2931 && oap->start.col == 0 | |
2932 && !oap->inclusive | |
2933 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2934 && (!oap->is_VIsual || *p_sel == 'o') | |
50 | 2935 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 2936 #endif |
2937 && oap->end.col == 0 | |
2938 && yanklines > 1) | |
2939 { | |
2940 yanktype = MLINE; | |
2941 --yankendlnum; | |
2942 --yanklines; | |
2943 } | |
2944 | |
2945 y_current->y_size = yanklines; | |
2946 y_current->y_type = yanktype; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2947 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2948 y_current->y_width = 0; | |
2949 #endif | |
2950 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
2951 yanklines), TRUE); | |
2952 | |
2953 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
2954 { | |
2955 y_current = curr; | |
2956 return FAIL; | |
2957 } | |
2958 | |
2959 y_idx = 0; | |
2960 lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2961 | |
2962 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2963 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2964 { | |
2965 /* Visual block mode */ | |
2966 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2967 y_current->y_width = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
2968 | |
2969 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL && y_current->y_width > 0) | |
2970 y_current->y_width--; | |
2971 } | |
2972 #endif | |
2973 | |
2974 for ( ; lnum <= yankendlnum; lnum++, y_idx++) | |
2975 { | |
2976 switch (y_current->y_type) | |
2977 { | |
2978 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2979 case MBLOCK: | |
2980 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, FALSE); | |
2981 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
2982 goto fail; | |
2983 break; | |
2984 #endif | |
2985 | |
2986 case MLINE: | |
2987 if ((y_current->y_array[y_idx] = | |
2988 vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum))) == NULL) | |
2989 goto fail; | |
2990 break; | |
2991 | |
2992 case MCHAR: | |
2993 { | |
2994 colnr_T startcol = 0, endcol = MAXCOL; | |
2995 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2996 int is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
2997 colnr_T cs, ce; | |
2998 #endif | |
2999 p = ml_get(lnum); | |
3000 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3001 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3002 | |
3003 if (lnum == oap->start.lnum) | |
3004 { | |
3005 startcol = oap->start.col; | |
3006 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3007 if (virtual_op) | |
3008 { | |
3009 getvcol(curwin, &oap->start, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
3010 if (ce != cs && oap->start.coladd > 0) | |
3011 { | |
3012 /* Part of a tab selected -- but don't | |
3013 * double-count it. */ | |
3014 bd.startspaces = (ce - cs + 1) | |
3015 - oap->start.coladd; | |
3016 startcol++; | |
3017 } | |
3018 } | |
3019 #endif | |
3020 } | |
3021 | |
3022 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
3023 { | |
3024 endcol = oap->end.col; | |
3025 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3026 if (virtual_op) | |
3027 { | |
3028 getvcol(curwin, &oap->end, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
3029 if (p[endcol] == NUL || (cs + oap->end.coladd < ce | |
3030 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3031 /* Don't add space for double-wide | |
3032 * char; endcol will be on last byte | |
3033 * of multi-byte char. */ | |
3034 && (*mb_head_off)(p, p + endcol) == 0 | |
3035 # endif | |
3036 )) | |
3037 { | |
3038 if (oap->start.lnum == oap->end.lnum | |
3039 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col) | |
3040 { | |
3041 /* Special case: inside a single char */ | |
3042 is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
3043 bd.startspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3044 - oap->start.coladd + oap->inclusive; | |
3045 endcol = startcol; | |
3046 } | |
3047 else | |
3048 { | |
3049 bd.endspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3050 + oap->inclusive; | |
3051 endcol -= oap->inclusive; | |
3052 } | |
3053 } | |
3054 } | |
3055 #endif | |
3056 } | |
3510 | 3057 if (endcol == MAXCOL) |
3058 endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
7 | 3059 if (startcol > endcol |
3060 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3061 || is_oneChar | |
3062 #endif | |
3063 ) | |
3064 bd.textlen = 0; | |
3065 else | |
3066 { | |
3067 bd.textlen = endcol - startcol + oap->inclusive; | |
3068 } | |
3069 bd.textstart = p + startcol; | |
3070 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
3071 goto fail; | |
3072 break; | |
3073 } | |
3074 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
3075 } | |
3076 } | |
3077 | |
3078 if (curr != y_current) /* append the new block to the old block */ | |
3079 { | |
3080 new_ptr = (char_u **)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
3081 (curr->y_size + y_current->y_size)), TRUE); | |
3082 if (new_ptr == NULL) | |
3083 goto fail; | |
3084 for (j = 0; j < curr->y_size; ++j) | |
3085 new_ptr[j] = curr->y_array[j]; | |
3086 vim_free(curr->y_array); | |
3087 curr->y_array = new_ptr; | |
3088 | |
3089 if (yanktype == MLINE) /* MLINE overrides MCHAR and MBLOCK */ | |
3090 curr->y_type = MLINE; | |
3091 | |
164 | 3092 /* Concatenate the last line of the old block with the first line of |
3093 * the new block, unless being Vi compatible. */ | |
3094 if (curr->y_type == MCHAR && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REGAPPEND) == NULL) | |
7 | 3095 { |
3096 pnew = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(curr->y_array[curr->y_size - 1]) | |
3097 + STRLEN(y_current->y_array[0]) + 1), TRUE); | |
3098 if (pnew == NULL) | |
3099 { | |
3100 y_idx = y_current->y_size - 1; | |
3101 goto fail; | |
3102 } | |
3103 STRCPY(pnew, curr->y_array[--j]); | |
3104 STRCAT(pnew, y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3105 vim_free(curr->y_array[j]); | |
3106 vim_free(y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3107 curr->y_array[j++] = pnew; | |
3108 y_idx = 1; | |
3109 } | |
3110 else | |
3111 y_idx = 0; | |
3112 while (y_idx < y_current->y_size) | |
3113 curr->y_array[j++] = y_current->y_array[y_idx++]; | |
3114 curr->y_size = j; | |
3115 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
3116 y_current = curr; | |
3117 } | |
3118 if (mess) /* Display message about yank? */ | |
3119 { | |
3120 if (yanktype == MCHAR | |
3121 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3122 && !oap->block_mode | |
3123 #endif | |
3124 && yanklines == 1) | |
3125 yanklines = 0; | |
3126 /* Some versions of Vi use ">=" here, some don't... */ | |
3127 if (yanklines > p_report) | |
3128 { | |
3129 /* redisplay now, so message is not deleted */ | |
3130 update_topline_redraw(); | |
3131 if (yanklines == 1) | |
205 | 3132 { |
3133 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3134 if (oap->block_mode) | |
3135 MSG(_("block of 1 line yanked")); | |
3136 else | |
3137 #endif | |
3138 MSG(_("1 line yanked")); | |
3139 } | |
3140 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3141 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
3142 smsg((char_u *)_("block of %ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3143 #endif | |
7 | 3144 else |
3145 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3146 } | |
3147 } | |
3148 | |
3149 /* | |
3150 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
3151 */ | |
3152 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
3153 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
36 | 3154 if (yanktype == MLINE |
3155 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3156 && !oap->block_mode | |
3157 #endif | |
3158 ) | |
3159 { | |
3160 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3161 curbuf->b_op_end.col = MAXCOL; | |
3162 } | |
7 | 3163 |
3164 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3165 /* | |
3166 * If we were yanking to the '*' register, send result to clipboard. | |
3167 * If no register was specified, and "unnamed" in 'clipboard', make a copy | |
3168 * to the '*' register. | |
3169 */ | |
3170 if (clip_star.available | |
3171 && (curr == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) | |
2654 | 3172 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 |
3173 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED)))) | |
7 | 3174 { |
3175 if (curr != &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])) | |
3176 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3177 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3178 | |
3179 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3180 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
2658 | 3181 # ifdef FEAT_X11 |
2654 | 3182 did_star = TRUE; |
2658 | 3183 # endif |
7 | 3184 } |
3185 | |
3186 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
3187 /* | |
3188 * If we were yanking to the '+' register, send result to selection. | |
3189 * Also copy to the '*' register, in case auto-select is off. | |
3190 */ | |
2654 | 3191 if (clip_plus.available |
3192 && (curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) | |
3193 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 | |
3194 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS)))) | |
7 | 3195 { |
2654 | 3196 if (curr != &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) |
3197 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3198 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])); | |
3199 | |
7 | 3200 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); |
3201 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
3674 | 3202 if (!clip_isautosel_star() && !did_star |
3203 && curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) | |
7 | 3204 { |
3205 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3206 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3207 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
3208 } | |
3209 } | |
3210 # endif | |
3211 #endif | |
3212 | |
3213 return OK; | |
3214 | |
3215 fail: /* free the allocated lines */ | |
3216 free_yank(y_idx + 1); | |
3217 y_current = curr; | |
3218 return FAIL; | |
3219 } | |
3220 | |
3221 static int | |
3222 yank_copy_line(bd, y_idx) | |
3223 struct block_def *bd; | |
3224 long y_idx; | |
3225 { | |
3226 char_u *pnew; | |
3227 | |
3228 if ((pnew = alloc(bd->startspaces + bd->endspaces + bd->textlen + 1)) | |
3229 == NULL) | |
3230 return FAIL; | |
3231 y_current->y_array[y_idx] = pnew; | |
3232 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->startspaces); | |
3233 pnew += bd->startspaces; | |
3234 mch_memmove(pnew, bd->textstart, (size_t)bd->textlen); | |
3235 pnew += bd->textlen; | |
3236 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->endspaces); | |
3237 pnew += bd->endspaces; | |
3238 *pnew = NUL; | |
3239 return OK; | |
3240 } | |
3241 | |
3242 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3243 /* | |
3244 * Make a copy of the y_current register to register "reg". | |
3245 */ | |
3246 static void | |
3247 copy_yank_reg(reg) | |
3248 struct yankreg *reg; | |
3249 { | |
3250 struct yankreg *curr = y_current; | |
3251 long j; | |
3252 | |
3253 y_current = reg; | |
3254 free_yank_all(); | |
3255 *y_current = *curr; | |
3256 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear( | |
3257 (long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * y_current->y_size), TRUE); | |
3258 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
3259 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3260 else | |
3261 for (j = 0; j < y_current->y_size; ++j) | |
3262 if ((y_current->y_array[j] = vim_strsave(curr->y_array[j])) == NULL) | |
3263 { | |
3264 free_yank(j); | |
3265 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3266 break; | |
3267 } | |
3268 y_current = curr; | |
3269 } | |
3270 #endif | |
3271 | |
3272 /* | |
140 | 3273 * Put contents of register "regname" into the text. |
3274 * Caller must check "regname" to be valid! | |
3275 * "flags": PUT_FIXINDENT make indent look nice | |
3276 * PUT_CURSEND leave cursor after end of new text | |
3277 * PUT_LINE force linewise put (":put") | |
7 | 3278 */ |
3279 void | |
3280 do_put(regname, dir, count, flags) | |
3281 int regname; | |
3282 int dir; /* BACKWARD for 'P', FORWARD for 'p' */ | |
3283 long count; | |
3284 int flags; | |
3285 { | |
3286 char_u *ptr; | |
3287 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
3288 int yanklen; | |
3289 int totlen = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3290 linenr_T lnum; | |
3291 colnr_T col; | |
3292 long i; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
3293 int y_type; | |
3294 long y_size; | |
3295 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3296 int oldlen; | |
3297 long y_width = 0; | |
3298 colnr_T vcol; | |
3299 int delcount; | |
3300 int incr = 0; | |
3301 long j; | |
3302 struct block_def bd; | |
3303 #endif | |
3304 char_u **y_array = NULL; | |
3305 long nr_lines = 0; | |
3306 pos_T new_cursor; | |
3307 int indent; | |
3308 int orig_indent = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3309 int indent_diff = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3310 int first_indent = TRUE; | |
3311 int lendiff = 0; | |
3312 pos_T old_pos; | |
3313 char_u *insert_string = NULL; | |
3314 int allocated = FALSE; | |
3315 long cnt; | |
3316 | |
3317 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3318 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. */ | |
3319 adjust_clip_reg(®name); | |
3320 (void)may_get_selection(regname); | |
3321 #endif | |
3322 | |
3323 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3324 orig_indent = get_indent(); | |
3325 | |
3326 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3327 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3328 | |
3329 /* | |
3330 * Using inserted text works differently, because the register includes | |
3331 * special characters (newlines, etc.). | |
3332 */ | |
3333 if (regname == '.') | |
3334 { | |
3335 (void)stuff_inserted((dir == FORWARD ? (count == -1 ? 'o' : 'a') : | |
3336 (count == -1 ? 'O' : 'i')), count, FALSE); | |
3337 /* Putting the text is done later, so can't really move the cursor to | |
3338 * the next character. Use "l" to simulate it. */ | |
3339 if ((flags & PUT_CURSEND) && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3340 stuffcharReadbuff('l'); | |
3341 return; | |
3342 } | |
3343 | |
3344 /* | |
3345 * For special registers '%' (file name), '#' (alternate file name) and | |
3346 * ':' (last command line), etc. we have to create a fake yank register. | |
3347 */ | |
3348 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &insert_string, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
3349 { | |
3350 if (insert_string == NULL) | |
3351 return; | |
3352 } | |
3353 | |
4005 | 3354 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3355 /* Autocommands may be executed when saving lines for undo, which may make | |
3356 * y_array invalid. Start undo now to avoid that. */ | |
3357 u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
3358 #endif | |
3359 | |
7 | 3360 if (insert_string != NULL) |
3361 { | |
3362 y_type = MCHAR; | |
3363 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3364 if (regname == '=') | |
3365 { | |
3366 /* For the = register we need to split the string at NL | |
3093 | 3367 * characters. |
3368 * Loop twice: count the number of lines and save them. */ | |
7 | 3369 for (;;) |
3370 { | |
3371 y_size = 0; | |
3372 ptr = insert_string; | |
3373 while (ptr != NULL) | |
3374 { | |
3375 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3376 y_array[y_size] = ptr; | |
3377 ++y_size; | |
3378 ptr = vim_strchr(ptr, '\n'); | |
3379 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3380 { | |
3381 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3382 *ptr = NUL; | |
3383 ++ptr; | |
3093 | 3384 /* A trailing '\n' makes the register linewise. */ |
7 | 3385 if (*ptr == NUL) |
3386 { | |
3387 y_type = MLINE; | |
3388 break; | |
3389 } | |
3390 } | |
3391 } | |
3392 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3393 break; | |
3394 y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned) | |
3395 (y_size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
3396 if (y_array == NULL) | |
3397 goto end; | |
3398 } | |
3399 } | |
3400 else | |
3401 #endif | |
3402 { | |
3403 y_size = 1; /* use fake one-line yank register */ | |
3404 y_array = &insert_string; | |
3405 } | |
3406 } | |
3407 else | |
3408 { | |
3409 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
3410 | |
3411 y_type = y_current->y_type; | |
3412 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3413 y_width = y_current->y_width; | |
3414 #endif | |
3415 y_size = y_current->y_size; | |
3416 y_array = y_current->y_array; | |
3417 } | |
3418 | |
3419 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3420 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3421 { | |
3422 if (flags & PUT_LINE_SPLIT) | |
3423 { | |
3424 /* "p" or "P" in Visual mode: split the lines to put the text in | |
3425 * between. */ | |
3426 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3427 goto end; | |
3428 ptr = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
3429 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3430 goto end; | |
3431 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3432 vim_free(ptr); | |
3433 | |
3434 ptr = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
3435 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3436 goto end; | |
3437 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, FALSE); | |
3438 ++nr_lines; | |
3439 dir = FORWARD; | |
3440 } | |
3441 if (flags & PUT_LINE_FORWARD) | |
3442 { | |
3443 /* Must be "p" for a Visual block, put lines below the block. */ | |
692 | 3444 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_visual.vi_end; |
7 | 3445 dir = FORWARD; |
3446 } | |
3447 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3448 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3449 } | |
3450 #endif | |
3451 | |
3452 if (flags & PUT_LINE) /* :put command or "p" in Visual line mode. */ | |
3453 y_type = MLINE; | |
3454 | |
3455 if (y_size == 0 || y_array == NULL) | |
3456 { | |
3457 EMSG2(_("E353: Nothing in register %s"), | |
3458 regname == 0 ? (char_u *)"\"" : transchar(regname)); | |
3459 goto end; | |
3460 } | |
3461 | |
3462 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3463 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3464 { | |
3465 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum + y_size + 1; | |
3466 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3467 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
3468 if (u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3469 goto end; | |
3470 } | |
3471 else | |
3472 #endif | |
3473 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3474 { | |
3475 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3476 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3477 /* Correct line number for closed fold. Don't move the cursor yet, | |
3478 * u_save() uses it. */ | |
3479 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3480 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
3481 else | |
3482 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
3483 #endif | |
3484 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3485 ++lnum; | |
3486 if (u_save(lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3487 goto end; | |
3488 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3489 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3490 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum - 1; | |
3491 else | |
3492 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3493 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* for mark_adjust() */ | |
3494 #endif | |
3495 } | |
3496 else if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3497 goto end; | |
3498 | |
3499 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[0]); | |
3500 | |
3501 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3502 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL && y_type == MCHAR) | |
3503 { | |
3504 if (gchar_cursor() == TAB) | |
3505 { | |
3506 /* Don't need to insert spaces when "p" on the last position of a | |
3507 * tab or "P" on the first position. */ | |
3508 if (dir == FORWARD | |
3509 ? (int)curwin->w_cursor.coladd < curbuf->b_p_ts - 1 | |
3510 : curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
3511 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
3512 else | |
3513 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3514 } | |
3515 else if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
3516 coladvance_force(getviscol() + (dir == FORWARD)); | |
3517 } | |
3518 #endif | |
3519 | |
3520 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3521 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3522 | |
3523 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3524 /* | |
3525 * Block mode | |
3526 */ | |
3527 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3528 { | |
3529 char c = gchar_cursor(); | |
3530 colnr_T endcol2 = 0; | |
3531 | |
3532 if (dir == FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3533 { | |
3534 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3535 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
3536 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3537 else | |
3538 #endif | |
3539 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &col); | |
3540 | |
3541 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3542 if (has_mbyte) | |
3543 /* move to start of next multi-byte character */ | |
474 | 3544 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3545 else |
3546 #endif | |
3547 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3548 if (c != TAB || ve_flags != VE_ALL) | |
3549 #endif | |
3550 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3551 ++col; | |
3552 } | |
3553 else | |
3554 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3555 | |
3556 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3557 col += curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1304 | 3558 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL |
3559 && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
3560 || endcol2 == curwin->w_cursor.col)) | |
7 | 3561 { |
3562 if (dir == FORWARD && c == NUL) | |
3563 ++col; | |
3564 if (dir != FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3565 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3566 if (c == TAB) | |
3567 { | |
3568 if (dir == BACKWARD && curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
3569 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
3570 if (dir == FORWARD && col - 1 == endcol2) | |
3571 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
3572 } | |
3573 } | |
3574 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3575 #endif | |
699 | 3576 bd.textcol = 0; |
7 | 3577 for (i = 0; i < y_size; ++i) |
3578 { | |
3579 int spaces; | |
3580 char shortline; | |
3581 | |
3582 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3583 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3584 vcol = 0; | |
3585 delcount = 0; | |
3586 | |
3587 /* add a new line */ | |
3588 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3589 { | |
3590 if (ml_append(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, (char_u *)"", | |
3591 (colnr_T)1, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
3592 break; | |
3593 ++nr_lines; | |
3594 } | |
3595 /* get the old line and advance to the position to insert at */ | |
3596 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
3597 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
3598 for (ptr = oldp; vcol < col && *ptr; ) | |
3599 { | |
3600 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
3601 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
3602 vcol += incr; | |
3603 } | |
3604 bd.textcol = (colnr_T)(ptr - oldp); | |
3605 | |
3606 shortline = (vcol < col) || (vcol == col && !*ptr) ; | |
3607 | |
3608 if (vcol < col) /* line too short, padd with spaces */ | |
3609 bd.startspaces = col - vcol; | |
3610 else if (vcol > col) | |
3611 { | |
3612 bd.endspaces = vcol - col; | |
3613 bd.startspaces = incr - bd.endspaces; | |
3614 --bd.textcol; | |
3615 delcount = 1; | |
3616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3617 if (has_mbyte) | |
3618 bd.textcol -= (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + bd.textcol); | |
3619 #endif | |
3620 if (oldp[bd.textcol] != TAB) | |
3621 { | |
3622 /* Only a Tab can be split into spaces. Other | |
3623 * characters will have to be moved to after the | |
3624 * block, causing misalignment. */ | |
3625 delcount = 0; | |
3626 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3627 } | |
3628 } | |
3629 | |
3630 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[i]); | |
3631 | |
3632 /* calculate number of spaces required to fill right side of block*/ | |
3633 spaces = y_width + 1; | |
3634 for (j = 0; j < yanklen; j++) | |
3635 spaces -= lbr_chartabsize(&y_array[i][j], 0); | |
3636 if (spaces < 0) | |
3637 spaces = 0; | |
3638 | |
3639 /* insert the new text */ | |
3640 totlen = count * (yanklen + spaces) + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces; | |
3641 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)totlen + oldlen + 1); | |
3642 if (newp == NULL) | |
3643 break; | |
3644 /* copy part up to cursor to new line */ | |
3645 ptr = newp; | |
3646 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
3647 ptr += bd.textcol; | |
3648 /* may insert some spaces before the new text */ | |
3649 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
3650 ptr += bd.startspaces; | |
3651 /* insert the new text */ | |
3652 for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) | |
3653 { | |
3654 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[i], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3655 ptr += yanklen; | |
3656 | |
3657 /* insert block's trailing spaces only if there's text behind */ | |
3658 if ((j < count - 1 || !shortline) && spaces) | |
3659 { | |
3660 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)spaces); | |
3661 ptr += spaces; | |
3662 } | |
3663 } | |
3664 /* may insert some spaces after the new text */ | |
3665 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
3666 ptr += bd.endspaces; | |
3667 /* move the text after the cursor to the end of the line. */ | |
3668 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp + bd.textcol + delcount, | |
3669 (size_t)(oldlen - bd.textcol - delcount + 1)); | |
3670 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3671 | |
3672 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3673 if (i == 0) | |
3674 curwin->w_cursor.col += bd.startspaces; | |
3675 } | |
3676 | |
3677 changed_lines(lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3678 | |
3679 /* Set '[ mark. */ | |
3680 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3681 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = lnum; | |
3682 | |
3683 /* adjust '] mark */ | |
3684 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1; | |
3685 curbuf->b_op_end.col = bd.textcol + totlen - 1; | |
237 | 3686 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
7 | 3687 curbuf->b_op_end.coladd = 0; |
237 | 3688 # endif |
7 | 3689 if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) |
3690 { | |
916 | 3691 colnr_T len; |
3692 | |
7 | 3693 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_op_end; |
3694 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
916 | 3695 |
3696 /* in Insert mode we might be after the NUL, correct for that */ | |
3697 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
3698 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
3699 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
7 | 3700 } |
3701 else | |
3702 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3703 } | |
3704 else | |
3705 #endif | |
3706 { | |
3707 /* | |
3708 * Character or Line mode | |
3709 */ | |
3710 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3711 { | |
3712 /* if type is MCHAR, FORWARD is the same as BACKWARD on the next | |
3713 * char */ | |
3714 if (dir == FORWARD && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3715 { | |
3716 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3717 if (has_mbyte) | |
3718 { | |
474 | 3719 int bytelen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3720 |
3721 /* put it on the next of the multi-byte character. */ | |
3722 col += bytelen; | |
3723 if (yanklen) | |
3724 { | |
3725 curwin->w_cursor.col += bytelen; | |
3726 curbuf->b_op_end.col += bytelen; | |
3727 } | |
3728 } | |
3729 else | |
3730 #endif | |
3731 { | |
3732 ++col; | |
3733 if (yanklen) | |
3734 { | |
3735 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3736 ++curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
3737 } | |
3738 } | |
3739 } | |
3740 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3741 } | |
3742 /* | |
3743 * Line mode: BACKWARD is the same as FORWARD on the previous line | |
3744 */ | |
3745 else if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3746 --lnum; | |
699 | 3747 new_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 3748 |
3749 /* | |
3750 * simple case: insert into current line | |
3751 */ | |
3752 if (y_type == MCHAR && y_size == 1) | |
3753 { | |
3754 totlen = count * yanklen; | |
3755 if (totlen) | |
3756 { | |
3757 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3758 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) + totlen + 1)); | |
3759 if (newp == NULL) | |
3760 goto end; /* alloc() will give error message */ | |
3761 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3762 ptr = newp + col; | |
3763 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
3764 { | |
3765 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[0], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3766 ptr += yanklen; | |
3767 } | |
1622 | 3768 STRMOVE(ptr, oldp + col); |
7 | 3769 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); |
3770 /* Put cursor on last putted char. */ | |
3771 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)(totlen - 1); | |
3772 } | |
3773 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3774 /* For "CTRL-O p" in Insert mode, put cursor after last char */ | |
3775 if (totlen && (restart_edit != 0 || (flags & PUT_CURSEND))) | |
3776 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3777 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
3778 } | |
3779 else | |
3780 { | |
3781 /* | |
3782 * Insert at least one line. When y_type is MCHAR, break the first | |
3783 * line in two. | |
3784 */ | |
3785 for (cnt = 1; cnt <= count; ++cnt) | |
3786 { | |
3787 i = 0; | |
3788 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3789 { | |
3790 /* | |
3791 * Split the current line in two at the insert position. | |
3792 * First insert y_array[size - 1] in front of second line. | |
3793 * Then append y_array[0] to first line. | |
3794 */ | |
3795 lnum = new_cursor.lnum; | |
3796 ptr = ml_get(lnum) + col; | |
3797 totlen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3798 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(ptr) + totlen + 1)); | |
3799 if (newp == NULL) | |
3800 goto error; | |
3801 STRCPY(newp, y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3802 STRCAT(newp, ptr); | |
3803 /* insert second line */ | |
3804 ml_append(lnum, newp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3805 vim_free(newp); | |
3806 | |
3807 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3808 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(col + yanklen + 1)); | |
3809 if (newp == NULL) | |
3810 goto error; | |
3811 /* copy first part of line */ | |
3812 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3813 /* append to first line */ | |
3814 mch_memmove(newp + col, y_array[0], (size_t)(yanklen + 1)); | |
3815 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3816 | |
3817 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3818 i = 1; | |
3819 } | |
3820 | |
3821 for (; i < y_size; ++i) | |
3822 { | |
3823 if ((y_type != MCHAR || i < y_size - 1) | |
3824 && ml_append(lnum, y_array[i], (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
3825 == FAIL) | |
3826 goto error; | |
3827 lnum++; | |
3828 ++nr_lines; | |
3829 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3830 { | |
3831 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3832 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3833 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
3834 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3835 lendiff = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
3836 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
3837 if (*ptr == '#' && preprocs_left()) | |
3838 indent = 0; /* Leave # lines at start */ | |
3839 else | |
3840 #endif | |
3841 if (*ptr == NUL) | |
3842 indent = 0; /* Ignore empty lines */ | |
3843 else if (first_indent) | |
3844 { | |
3845 indent_diff = orig_indent - get_indent(); | |
3846 indent = orig_indent; | |
3847 first_indent = FALSE; | |
3848 } | |
3849 else if ((indent = get_indent() + indent_diff) < 0) | |
3850 indent = 0; | |
3851 (void)set_indent(indent, 0); | |
3852 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
3853 /* remember how many chars were removed */ | |
3854 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3855 lendiff -= (int)STRLEN(ml_get(lnum)); | |
3856 } | |
3857 } | |
3858 } | |
3859 | |
3860 error: | |
3861 /* Adjust marks. */ | |
3862 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3863 { | |
3864 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3865 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3866 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum++; | |
3867 } | |
3868 mark_adjust(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + (y_type == MCHAR), | |
3869 (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, nr_lines, 0L); | |
3870 | |
3871 /* note changed text for displaying and folding */ | |
3872 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3873 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col, | |
3874 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, nr_lines); | |
3875 else | |
3876 changed_lines(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, 0, | |
3877 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3878 | |
3879 /* put '] mark at last inserted character */ | |
3880 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = lnum; | |
3881 /* correct length for change in indent */ | |
3882 col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]) - lendiff; | |
3883 if (col > 1) | |
3884 curbuf->b_op_end.col = col - 1; | |
3885 else | |
3886 curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
3887 | |
168 | 3888 if (flags & PUT_CURSLINE) |
3889 { | |
237 | 3890 /* ":put": put cursor on last inserted line */ |
168 | 3891 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
3892 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3893 } | |
3894 else if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) | |
7 | 3895 { |
3896 /* put cursor after inserted text */ | |
3897 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3898 { | |
3899 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3900 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3901 else | |
3902 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum + 1; | |
3903 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
3904 } | |
3905 else | |
3906 { | |
3907 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3908 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
3909 } | |
3910 } | |
3911 else if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3912 { | |
168 | 3913 /* put cursor on first non-blank in first inserted line */ |
7 | 3914 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
3915 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3916 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3917 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3918 } | |
3919 else /* put cursor on first inserted character */ | |
3920 curwin->w_cursor = new_cursor; | |
3921 } | |
3922 } | |
3923 | |
3924 msgmore(nr_lines); | |
3925 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3926 | |
3927 end: | |
3928 if (allocated) | |
3929 vim_free(insert_string); | |
840 | 3930 if (regname == '=') |
3931 vim_free(y_array); | |
3932 | |
140 | 3933 /* If the cursor is past the end of the line put it at the end. */ |
844 | 3934 adjust_cursor_eol(); |
3935 } | |
3936 | |
3937 /* | |
3938 * When the cursor is on the NUL past the end of the line and it should not be | |
3939 * there move it left. | |
3940 */ | |
3941 void | |
3942 adjust_cursor_eol() | |
3943 { | |
3944 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
3945 && gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
773 | 3946 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3947 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
3948 #endif | |
7 | 3949 && !(restart_edit || (State & INSERT))) |
3950 { | |
557 | 3951 /* Put the cursor on the last character in the line. */ |
555 | 3952 dec_cursor(); |
844 | 3953 |
7 | 3954 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3955 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
557 | 3956 { |
3957 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
3958 | |
3959 /* Coladd is set to the width of the last character. */ | |
3960 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
3961 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = ecol - scol + 1; | |
3962 } | |
7 | 3963 #endif |
3964 } | |
3965 } | |
3966 | |
3967 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
3968 /* | |
3969 * Return TRUE if lines starting with '#' should be left aligned. | |
3970 */ | |
3971 int | |
3972 preprocs_left() | |
3973 { | |
3974 return | |
3975 # ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
3976 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3977 (curbuf->b_p_si && !curbuf->b_p_cin) || | |
3978 # else | |
3979 curbuf->b_p_si | |
3980 # endif | |
3981 # endif | |
3982 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3983 (curbuf->b_p_cin && in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)) | |
3984 # endif | |
3985 ; | |
3986 } | |
3987 #endif | |
3988 | |
3989 /* Return the character name of the register with the given number */ | |
3990 int | |
3991 get_register_name(num) | |
3992 int num; | |
3993 { | |
3994 if (num == -1) | |
3995 return '"'; | |
3996 else if (num < 10) | |
3997 return num + '0'; | |
3998 else if (num == DELETION_REGISTER) | |
3999 return '-'; | |
4000 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4001 else if (num == STAR_REGISTER) | |
4002 return '*'; | |
4003 else if (num == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
4004 return '+'; | |
4005 #endif | |
4006 else | |
4007 { | |
4008 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
4009 int i; | |
4010 | |
4011 /* EBCDIC is really braindead ... */ | |
4012 i = 'a' + (num - 10); | |
4013 if (i > 'i') | |
4014 i += 7; | |
4015 if (i > 'r') | |
4016 i += 8; | |
4017 return i; | |
4018 #else | |
4019 return num + 'a' - 10; | |
4020 #endif | |
4021 } | |
4022 } | |
4023 | |
4024 /* | |
4025 * ":dis" and ":registers": Display the contents of the yank registers. | |
4026 */ | |
4027 void | |
4028 ex_display(eap) | |
4029 exarg_T *eap; | |
4030 { | |
4031 int i, n; | |
4032 long j; | |
4033 char_u *p; | |
4034 struct yankreg *yb; | |
4035 int name; | |
4036 int attr; | |
4037 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
22 | 4038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4039 int clen; | |
4040 #else | |
4041 # define clen 1 | |
4042 #endif | |
7 | 4043 |
4044 if (arg != NULL && *arg == NUL) | |
4045 arg = NULL; | |
4046 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4047 | |
4048 /* Highlight title */ | |
4049 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Registers ---")); | |
4050 for (i = -1; i < NUM_REGISTERS && !got_int; ++i) | |
4051 { | |
4052 name = get_register_name(i); | |
2644 | 4053 if (arg != NULL && vim_strchr(arg, name) == NULL |
4054 #ifdef ONE_CLIPBOARD | |
4055 /* Star register and plus register contain the same thing. */ | |
4056 && (name != '*' || vim_strchr(arg, '+') == NULL) | |
4057 #endif | |
4058 ) | |
7 | 4059 continue; /* did not ask for this register */ |
4060 | |
4061 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4062 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. | |
4063 * When it's a clipboard register, fill it with the current contents | |
4064 * of the clipboard. */ | |
4065 adjust_clip_reg(&name); | |
4066 (void)may_get_selection(name); | |
4067 #endif | |
4068 | |
4069 if (i == -1) | |
4070 { | |
4071 if (y_previous != NULL) | |
4072 yb = y_previous; | |
4073 else | |
4074 yb = &(y_regs[0]); | |
4075 } | |
4076 else | |
4077 yb = &(y_regs[i]); | |
2000 | 4078 |
4079 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4080 if (name == MB_TOLOWER(redir_reg) | |
4081 || (redir_reg == '"' && yb == y_previous)) | |
4082 continue; /* do not list register being written to, the | |
4083 * pointer can be freed */ | |
4084 #endif | |
4085 | |
7 | 4086 if (yb->y_array != NULL) |
4087 { | |
4088 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4089 msg_putchar('"'); | |
4090 msg_putchar(name); | |
4091 MSG_PUTS(" "); | |
4092 | |
4093 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4094 for (j = 0; j < yb->y_size && n > 1; ++j) | |
4095 { | |
4096 if (j) | |
4097 { | |
4098 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4099 n -= 2; | |
4100 } | |
4101 for (p = yb->y_array[j]; *p && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0; ++p) | |
4102 { | |
4103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4104 clen = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
22 | 4105 #endif |
4106 msg_outtrans_len(p, clen); | |
4107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4108 p += clen - 1; | |
7 | 4109 #endif |
4110 } | |
4111 } | |
4112 if (n > 1 && yb->y_type == MLINE) | |
4113 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4114 out_flush(); /* show one line at a time */ | |
4115 } | |
4116 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4117 } | |
4118 | |
4119 /* | |
4120 * display last inserted text | |
4121 */ | |
4122 if ((p = get_last_insert()) != NULL | |
4123 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '.') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4124 { | |
4125 MSG_PUTS("\n\". "); | |
4126 dis_msg(p, TRUE); | |
4127 } | |
4128 | |
4129 /* | |
4130 * display last command line | |
4131 */ | |
4132 if (last_cmdline != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, ':') != NULL) | |
4133 && !got_int) | |
4134 { | |
4135 MSG_PUTS("\n\": "); | |
4136 dis_msg(last_cmdline, FALSE); | |
4137 } | |
4138 | |
4139 /* | |
4140 * display current file name | |
4141 */ | |
4142 if (curbuf->b_fname != NULL | |
4143 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4144 { | |
4145 MSG_PUTS("\n\"% "); | |
4146 dis_msg(curbuf->b_fname, FALSE); | |
4147 } | |
4148 | |
4149 /* | |
4150 * display alternate file name | |
4151 */ | |
4152 if ((arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4153 { | |
4154 char_u *fname; | |
4155 linenr_T dummy; | |
4156 | |
4157 if (buflist_name_nr(0, &fname, &dummy) != FAIL) | |
4158 { | |
4159 MSG_PUTS("\n\"# "); | |
4160 dis_msg(fname, FALSE); | |
4161 } | |
4162 } | |
4163 | |
4164 /* | |
4165 * display last search pattern | |
4166 */ | |
4167 if (last_search_pat() != NULL | |
4168 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '/') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4169 { | |
4170 MSG_PUTS("\n\"/ "); | |
4171 dis_msg(last_search_pat(), FALSE); | |
4172 } | |
4173 | |
4174 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4175 /* | |
4176 * display last used expression | |
4177 */ | |
4178 if (expr_line != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '=') != NULL) | |
4179 && !got_int) | |
4180 { | |
4181 MSG_PUTS("\n\"= "); | |
4182 dis_msg(expr_line, FALSE); | |
4183 } | |
4184 #endif | |
4185 } | |
4186 | |
4187 /* | |
4188 * display a string for do_dis() | |
4189 * truncate at end of screen line | |
4190 */ | |
4191 static void | |
4192 dis_msg(p, skip_esc) | |
4193 char_u *p; | |
4194 int skip_esc; /* if TRUE, ignore trailing ESC */ | |
4195 { | |
4196 int n; | |
4197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4198 int l; | |
4199 #endif | |
4200 | |
4201 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4202 while (*p != NUL | |
4203 && !(*p == ESC && skip_esc && *(p + 1) == NUL) | |
4204 && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0) | |
4205 { | |
4206 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4207 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
7 | 4208 { |
4209 msg_outtrans_len(p, l); | |
4210 p += l; | |
4211 } | |
4212 else | |
4213 #endif | |
4214 msg_outtrans_len(p++, 1); | |
4215 } | |
4216 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4217 } | |
4218 | |
3562 | 4219 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4220 /* | |
4221 * If "process" is TRUE and the line begins with a comment leader (possibly | |
4222 * after some white space), return a pointer to the text after it. Put a boolean | |
4223 * value indicating whether the line ends with an unclosed comment in | |
4224 * "is_comment". | |
4225 * line - line to be processed, | |
4226 * process - if FALSE, will only check whether the line ends with an unclosed | |
3584 | 4227 * comment, |
3562 | 4228 * include_space - whether to also skip space following the comment leader, |
4229 * is_comment - will indicate whether the current line ends with an unclosed | |
3584 | 4230 * comment. |
3562 | 4231 */ |
4232 static char_u * | |
4233 skip_comment(line, process, include_space, is_comment) | |
4234 char_u *line; | |
4235 int process; | |
4236 int include_space; | |
4237 int *is_comment; | |
4238 { | |
4239 char_u *comment_flags = NULL; | |
4240 int lead_len; | |
4241 int leader_offset = get_last_leader_offset(line, &comment_flags); | |
4242 | |
4243 *is_comment = FALSE; | |
4244 if (leader_offset != -1) | |
4245 { | |
4246 /* Let's check whether the line ends with an unclosed comment. | |
4247 * If the last comment leader has COM_END in flags, there's no comment. | |
4248 */ | |
4249 while (*comment_flags) | |
4250 { | |
4251 if (*comment_flags == COM_END | |
4252 || *comment_flags == ':') | |
4253 break; | |
4254 ++comment_flags; | |
4255 } | |
4256 if (*comment_flags != COM_END) | |
4257 *is_comment = TRUE; | |
4258 } | |
4259 | |
4260 if (process == FALSE) | |
4261 return line; | |
4262 | |
4263 lead_len = get_leader_len(line, &comment_flags, FALSE, include_space); | |
4264 | |
4265 if (lead_len == 0) | |
4266 return line; | |
4267 | |
4268 /* Find: | |
4269 * - COM_END, | |
4270 * - colon, | |
4271 * whichever comes first. | |
4272 */ | |
4273 while (*comment_flags) | |
4274 { | |
3580 | 4275 if (*comment_flags == COM_END |
3562 | 4276 || *comment_flags == ':') |
4277 { | |
4278 break; | |
4279 } | |
4280 ++comment_flags; | |
4281 } | |
4282 | |
4283 /* If we found a colon, it means that we are not processing a line | |
3580 | 4284 * starting with a closing part of a three-part comment. That's good, |
4285 * because we don't want to remove those as this would be annoying. | |
3562 | 4286 */ |
4287 if (*comment_flags == ':' || *comment_flags == NUL) | |
4288 line += lead_len; | |
4289 | |
4290 return line; | |
4291 } | |
4292 #endif | |
4293 | |
7 | 4294 /* |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4295 * Join 'count' lines (minimal 2) at cursor position. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4296 * When "save_undo" is TRUE save lines for undo first. |
3562 | 4297 * Set "use_formatoptions" to FALSE when e.g. processing |
4298 * backspace and comment leaders should not be removed. | |
7 | 4299 * |
1217 | 4300 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise |
7 | 4301 */ |
4302 int | |
3562 | 4303 do_join(count, insert_space, save_undo, use_formatoptions) |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4304 long count; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4305 int insert_space; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4306 int save_undo; |
3562 | 4307 int use_formatoptions UNUSED; |
7 | 4308 { |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4309 char_u *curr = NULL; |
2597 | 4310 char_u *curr_start = NULL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4311 char_u *cend; |
7 | 4312 char_u *newp; |
2597 | 4313 char_u *spaces; /* number of spaces inserted before a line */ |
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4314 int endcurr1 = NUL; |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4315 int endcurr2 = NUL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4316 int currsize = 0; /* size of the current line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4317 int sumsize = 0; /* size of the long new line */ |
7 | 4318 linenr_T t; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4319 colnr_T col = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4320 int ret = OK; |
3562 | 4321 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
3574 | 4322 int *comments = NULL; |
3562 | 4323 int remove_comments = (use_formatoptions == TRUE) |
4324 && has_format_option(FO_REMOVE_COMS); | |
4325 int prev_was_comment; | |
4326 #endif | |
4327 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4328 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4329 if (save_undo && u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4330 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + count)) == FAIL) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4331 return FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4332 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4333 /* Allocate an array to store the number of spaces inserted before each |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4334 * line. We will use it to pre-compute the length of the new line and the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4335 * proper placement of each original line in the new one. */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4336 spaces = lalloc_clear((long_u)count, TRUE); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4337 if (spaces == NULL) |
7 | 4338 return FAIL; |
3562 | 4339 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4340 if (remove_comments) | |
4341 { | |
4342 comments = (int *)lalloc_clear((long_u)count * sizeof(int), TRUE); | |
4343 if (comments == NULL) | |
4344 { | |
4345 vim_free(spaces); | |
4346 return FAIL; | |
4347 } | |
4348 } | |
4349 #endif | |
7 | 4350 |
4351 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4352 * Don't move anything, just compute the final line length |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4353 * and setup the array of space strings lengths |
7 | 4354 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4355 for (t = 0; t < count; ++t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4356 { |
2597 | 4357 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t)); |
3562 | 4358 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4359 if (remove_comments) | |
4360 { | |
4361 /* We don't want to remove the comment leader if the | |
4362 * previous line is not a comment. */ | |
4363 if (t > 0 && prev_was_comment) | |
4364 { | |
4365 | |
4366 char_u *new_curr = skip_comment(curr, TRUE, insert_space, | |
4367 &prev_was_comment); | |
3576 | 4368 comments[t] = (int)(new_curr - curr); |
3562 | 4369 curr = new_curr; |
4370 } | |
4371 else | |
4372 curr = skip_comment(curr, FALSE, insert_space, | |
4373 &prev_was_comment); | |
4374 } | |
4375 #endif | |
4376 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4377 if (insert_space && t > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4378 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4379 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4380 if (*curr != ')' && currsize != 0 && endcurr1 != TAB |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4382 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4383 || (mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 && endcurr1 < 0x100)) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4384 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN2) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4385 || mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 || endcurr1 < 0x100) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4386 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4387 ) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4388 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4389 /* don't add a space if the line is ending in a space */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4390 if (endcurr1 == ' ') |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4391 endcurr1 = endcurr2; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4392 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4393 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4394 /* extra space when 'joinspaces' set and line ends in '.' */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4395 if ( p_js |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4396 && (endcurr1 == '.' |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4397 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) == NULL |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4398 && (endcurr1 == '?' || endcurr1 == '!')))) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4399 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4400 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4401 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4402 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4403 sumsize += currsize + spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4404 endcurr1 = endcurr2 = NUL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4405 if (insert_space && currsize > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4406 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4407 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4408 if (has_mbyte) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4409 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4410 cend = curr + currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4411 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4412 endcurr1 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4413 if (cend > curr) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4414 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4415 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4416 endcurr2 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4417 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4418 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4419 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4420 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4421 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4422 endcurr1 = *(curr + currsize - 1); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4423 if (currsize > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4424 endcurr2 = *(curr + currsize - 2); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4425 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4426 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4427 line_breakcheck(); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4428 if (got_int) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4429 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4430 ret = FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4431 goto theend; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4432 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4433 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4434 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4435 /* store the column position before last line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4436 col = sumsize - currsize - spaces[count - 1]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4437 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4438 /* allocate the space for the new line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4439 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(sumsize + 1)); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4440 cend = newp + sumsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4441 *cend = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4442 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4443 /* |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4444 * Move affected lines to the new long one. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4445 * |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4446 * Move marks from each deleted line to the joined line, adjusting the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4447 * column. This is not Vi compatible, but Vi deletes the marks, thus that |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4448 * should not really be a problem. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4449 */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4450 for (t = count - 1; ; --t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4451 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4452 cend -= currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4453 mch_memmove(cend, curr, (size_t)currsize); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4454 if (spaces[t] > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4455 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4456 cend -= spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4457 copy_spaces(cend, (size_t)(spaces[t])); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4458 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4459 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t, (colnr_T)0, (linenr_T)-t, |
2597 | 4460 (long)(cend - newp + spaces[t] - (curr - curr_start))); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4461 if (t == 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4462 break; |
2597 | 4463 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t - 1)); |
3562 | 4464 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4465 if (remove_comments) | |
4466 curr += comments[t - 1]; | |
4467 #endif | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4468 if (insert_space && t > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4469 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4470 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4471 } |
7 | 4472 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); |
4473 | |
4474 /* Only report the change in the first line here, del_lines() will report | |
4475 * the deleted line. */ | |
4476 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, currsize, | |
4477 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
4478 | |
4479 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4480 * Delete following lines. To do this we move the cursor there |
7 | 4481 * briefly, and then move it back. After del_lines() the cursor may |
4482 * have moved up (last line deleted), so the current lnum is kept in t. | |
4483 */ | |
4484 t = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4485 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4486 del_lines(count - 1, FALSE); |
7 | 4487 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = t; |
4488 | |
4489 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4490 * Set the cursor column: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4491 * Vi compatible: use the column of the first join |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
4492 * vim: use the column of the last join |
7 | 4493 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4494 curwin->w_cursor.col = |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4495 (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINCOL) != NULL ? currsize : col); |
7 | 4496 check_cursor_col(); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4497 |
7 | 4498 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
4499 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
4500 #endif | |
4501 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
4502 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4503 theend: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4504 vim_free(spaces); |
3562 | 4505 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4506 if (remove_comments) | |
4507 vim_free(comments); | |
4508 #endif | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4509 return ret; |
7 | 4510 } |
4511 | |
4512 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4513 /* | |
4514 * Return TRUE if the two comment leaders given are the same. "lnum" is | |
4515 * the first line. White-space is ignored. Note that the whole of | |
4516 * 'leader1' must match 'leader2_len' characters from 'leader2' -- webb | |
4517 */ | |
4518 static int | |
4519 same_leader(lnum, leader1_len, leader1_flags, leader2_len, leader2_flags) | |
4520 linenr_T lnum; | |
4521 int leader1_len; | |
4522 char_u *leader1_flags; | |
4523 int leader2_len; | |
4524 char_u *leader2_flags; | |
4525 { | |
4526 int idx1 = 0, idx2 = 0; | |
4527 char_u *p; | |
4528 char_u *line1; | |
4529 char_u *line2; | |
4530 | |
4531 if (leader1_len == 0) | |
4532 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4533 | |
4534 /* | |
4535 * If first leader has 'f' flag, the lines can be joined only if the | |
4536 * second line does not have a leader. | |
4537 * If first leader has 'e' flag, the lines can never be joined. | |
4538 * If fist leader has 's' flag, the lines can only be joined if there is | |
4539 * some text after it and the second line has the 'm' flag. | |
4540 */ | |
4541 if (leader1_flags != NULL) | |
4542 { | |
4543 for (p = leader1_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4544 { | |
4545 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
4546 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4547 if (*p == COM_END) | |
4548 return FALSE; | |
4549 if (*p == COM_START) | |
4550 { | |
4551 if (*(ml_get(lnum) + leader1_len) == NUL) | |
4552 return FALSE; | |
4553 if (leader2_flags == NULL || leader2_len == 0) | |
4554 return FALSE; | |
4555 for (p = leader2_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4556 if (*p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
4557 return TRUE; | |
4558 return FALSE; | |
4559 } | |
4560 } | |
4561 } | |
4562 | |
4563 /* | |
4564 * Get current line and next line, compare the leaders. | |
4565 * The first line has to be saved, only one line can be locked at a time. | |
4566 */ | |
4567 line1 = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4568 if (line1 != NULL) | |
4569 { | |
4570 for (idx1 = 0; vim_iswhite(line1[idx1]); ++idx1) | |
4571 ; | |
4572 line2 = ml_get(lnum + 1); | |
4573 for (idx2 = 0; idx2 < leader2_len; ++idx2) | |
4574 { | |
4575 if (!vim_iswhite(line2[idx2])) | |
4576 { | |
4577 if (line1[idx1++] != line2[idx2]) | |
4578 break; | |
4579 } | |
4580 else | |
4581 while (vim_iswhite(line1[idx1])) | |
4582 ++idx1; | |
4583 } | |
4584 vim_free(line1); | |
4585 } | |
4586 return (idx2 == leader2_len && idx1 == leader1_len); | |
4587 } | |
4588 #endif | |
4589 | |
4590 /* | |
3252 | 4591 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq'. |
7 | 4592 */ |
4593 void | |
4594 op_format(oap, keep_cursor) | |
4595 oparg_T *oap; | |
4596 int keep_cursor; /* keep cursor on same text char */ | |
4597 { | |
4598 long old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4599 | |
4600 /* Place the cursor where the "gq" or "gw" command was given, so that "u" | |
4601 * can put it back there. */ | |
4602 curwin->w_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4603 | |
4604 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
4605 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
4606 return; | |
4607 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
4608 | |
4609 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4610 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4611 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4612 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4613 #endif | |
4614 | |
4615 /* Set '[ mark at the start of the formatted area */ | |
4616 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
4617 | |
4618 /* For "gw" remember the cursor position and put it back below (adjusted | |
4619 * for joined and split lines). */ | |
4620 if (keep_cursor) | |
4621 saved_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4622 | |
1563 | 4623 format_lines(oap->line_count, keep_cursor); |
7 | 4624 |
4625 /* | |
4626 * Leave the cursor at the first non-blank of the last formatted line. | |
4627 * If the cursor was moved one line back (e.g. with "Q}") go to the next | |
4628 * line, so "." will do the next lines. | |
4629 */ | |
4630 if (oap->end_adjusted && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4631 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4632 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
4633 old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
4634 msgmore(old_line_count); | |
4635 | |
4636 /* put '] mark on the end of the formatted area */ | |
4637 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4638 | |
4639 if (keep_cursor) | |
4640 { | |
4641 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; | |
4642 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
4643 } | |
4644 | |
4645 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4646 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4647 { | |
4648 win_T *wp; | |
4649 | |
4650 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
4651 { | |
4652 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0) | |
4653 { | |
4654 /* When lines have been inserted or deleted, adjust the end of | |
4655 * the Visual area to be redrawn. */ | |
4656 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
4657 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4658 else | |
4659 wp->w_old_visual_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4660 } | |
4661 } | |
4662 } | |
4663 #endif | |
4664 } | |
4665 | |
667 | 4666 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
4667 /* | |
4668 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq' for when using 'formatexpr'. | |
4669 */ | |
4670 void | |
4671 op_formatexpr(oap) | |
4672 oparg_T *oap; | |
4673 { | |
4674 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4675 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4676 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4677 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4678 # endif | |
4679 | |
2298
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4680 if (fex_format(oap->start.lnum, oap->line_count, NUL) != 0) |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4681 /* As documented: when 'formatexpr' returns non-zero fall back to |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4682 * internal formatting. */ |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4683 op_format(oap, FALSE); |
667 | 4684 } |
4685 | |
4686 int | |
844 | 4687 fex_format(lnum, count, c) |
667 | 4688 linenr_T lnum; |
4689 long count; | |
844 | 4690 int c; /* character to be inserted */ |
667 | 4691 { |
681 | 4692 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"formatexpr", |
4693 OPT_LOCAL); | |
667 | 4694 int r; |
4695 | |
4696 /* | |
4697 * Set v:lnum to the first line number and v:count to the number of lines. | |
844 | 4698 * Set v:char to the character to be inserted (can be NUL). |
667 | 4699 */ |
4700 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, lnum); | |
4701 set_vim_var_nr(VV_COUNT, count); | |
1969 | 4702 set_vim_var_char(c); |
844 | 4703 |
667 | 4704 /* |
4705 * Evaluate the function. | |
4706 */ | |
4707 if (use_sandbox) | |
4708 ++sandbox; | |
4709 r = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_fex); | |
4710 if (use_sandbox) | |
4711 --sandbox; | |
844 | 4712 |
4713 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
4714 | |
667 | 4715 return r; |
4716 } | |
4717 #endif | |
4718 | |
7 | 4719 /* |
4720 * Format "line_count" lines, starting at the cursor position. | |
4721 * When "line_count" is negative, format until the end of the paragraph. | |
4722 * Lines after the cursor line are saved for undo, caller must have saved the | |
4723 * first line. | |
4724 */ | |
4725 void | |
1563 | 4726 format_lines(line_count, avoid_fex) |
7 | 4727 linenr_T line_count; |
1563 | 4728 int avoid_fex; /* don't use 'formatexpr' */ |
7 | 4729 { |
4730 int max_len; | |
4731 int is_not_par; /* current line not part of parag. */ | |
4732 int next_is_not_par; /* next line not part of paragraph */ | |
4733 int is_end_par; /* at end of paragraph */ | |
4734 int prev_is_end_par = FALSE;/* prev. line not part of parag. */ | |
4735 int next_is_start_par = FALSE; | |
4736 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4737 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
4738 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
4739 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
4740 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
4741 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
3584 | 4742 int do_comments_list = 0; /* format comments with 'n' or '2' */ |
7 | 4743 #endif |
4744 int advance = TRUE; | |
3584 | 4745 int second_indent = -1; /* indent for second line (comment |
4746 * aware) */ | |
7 | 4747 int do_second_indent; |
4748 int do_number_indent; | |
4749 int do_trail_white; | |
4750 int first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4751 int smd_save; | |
4752 long count; | |
4753 int need_set_indent = TRUE; /* set indent of next paragraph */ | |
4754 int force_format = FALSE; | |
4755 int old_State = State; | |
4756 | |
4757 /* length of a line to force formatting: 3 * 'tw' */ | |
4758 max_len = comp_textwidth(TRUE) * 3; | |
4759 | |
4760 /* check for 'q', '2' and '1' in 'formatoptions' */ | |
4761 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4762 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
4763 #endif | |
4764 do_second_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_SECOND); | |
4765 do_number_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER); | |
4766 do_trail_white = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
4767 | |
4768 /* | |
4769 * Get info about the previous and current line. | |
4770 */ | |
4771 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
4772 is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 | |
4773 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4774 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
4775 #endif | |
4776 ); | |
4777 else | |
4778 is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4779 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
4780 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4781 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4782 #endif | |
4783 ); | |
4784 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par); | |
4785 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4786 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
4787 | |
4788 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
4789 for (count = line_count; count != 0 && !got_int; --count) | |
4790 { | |
4791 /* | |
4792 * Advance to next paragraph. | |
4793 */ | |
4794 if (advance) | |
4795 { | |
4796 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4797 prev_is_end_par = is_end_par; | |
4798 is_not_par = next_is_not_par; | |
4799 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4800 leader_len = next_leader_len; | |
4801 leader_flags = next_leader_flags; | |
4802 #endif | |
4803 } | |
4804 | |
4805 /* | |
4806 * The last line to be formatted. | |
4807 */ | |
4808 if (count == 1 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4809 { | |
4810 next_is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4811 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4812 next_leader_len = 0; | |
4813 next_leader_flags = NULL; | |
4814 #endif | |
4815 } | |
4816 else | |
4817 { | |
4818 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1 | |
4819 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4820 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4821 #endif | |
4822 ); | |
4823 if (do_number_indent) | |
4824 next_is_start_par = | |
4825 (get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1) > 0); | |
4826 } | |
4827 advance = TRUE; | |
4828 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par || next_is_start_par); | |
4829 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4830 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4831 | |
4832 /* | |
4833 * Skip lines that are not in a paragraph. | |
4834 */ | |
4835 if (is_not_par) | |
4836 { | |
4837 if (line_count < 0) | |
4838 break; | |
4839 } | |
4840 else | |
4841 { | |
4842 /* | |
4843 * For the first line of a paragraph, check indent of second line. | |
4844 * Don't do this for comments and empty lines. | |
4845 */ | |
4846 if (first_par_line | |
4847 && (do_second_indent || do_number_indent) | |
4848 && prev_is_end_par | |
3584 | 4849 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
4850 { | |
4851 if (do_second_indent && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) | |
4852 { | |
4853 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4854 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
4855 { | |
4856 /* no comment found */ | |
4857 #endif | |
4858 second_indent = | |
4859 get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
7 | 4860 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
3584 | 4861 } |
4862 else | |
4863 { | |
4864 second_indent = next_leader_len; | |
4865 do_comments_list = 1; | |
4866 } | |
4867 #endif | |
4868 } | |
7 | 4869 else if (do_number_indent) |
3584 | 4870 { |
4871 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4872 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
4873 { | |
4874 /* no comment found */ | |
4875 #endif | |
4876 second_indent = | |
4877 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4878 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4879 } | |
4880 else | |
4881 { | |
4882 /* get_number_indent() is now "comment aware"... */ | |
4883 second_indent = | |
4884 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4885 do_comments_list = 1; | |
4886 } | |
4887 #endif | |
4888 } | |
7 | 4889 } |
4890 | |
4891 /* | |
4892 * When the comment leader changes, it's the end of the paragraph. | |
4893 */ | |
4894 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
4895 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4896 || !same_leader(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
4897 leader_len, leader_flags, | |
4898 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags) | |
4899 #endif | |
4900 ) | |
4901 is_end_par = TRUE; | |
4902 | |
4903 /* | |
4904 * If we have got to the end of a paragraph, or the line is | |
4905 * getting long, format it. | |
4906 */ | |
4907 if (is_end_par || force_format) | |
4908 { | |
4909 if (need_set_indent) | |
4910 /* replace indent in first line with minimal number of | |
4911 * tabs and spaces, according to current options */ | |
4912 (void)set_indent(get_indent(), SIN_CHANGED); | |
4913 | |
4914 /* put cursor on last non-space */ | |
4915 State = NORMAL; /* don't go past end-of-line */ | |
4916 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
4917 while (curwin->w_cursor.col && vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
4918 dec_cursor(); | |
4919 | |
4920 /* do the formatting, without 'showmode' */ | |
4921 State = INSERT; /* for open_line() */ | |
4922 smd_save = p_smd; | |
4923 p_smd = FALSE; | |
4924 insertchar(NUL, INSCHAR_FORMAT | |
4925 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4926 + (do_comments ? INSCHAR_DO_COM : 0) | |
3584 | 4927 + (do_comments && do_comments_list |
4928 ? INSCHAR_COM_LIST : 0) | |
7 | 4929 #endif |
1563 | 4930 + (avoid_fex ? INSCHAR_NO_FEX : 0), second_indent); |
7 | 4931 State = old_State; |
4932 p_smd = smd_save; | |
4933 second_indent = -1; | |
4934 /* at end of par.: need to set indent of next par. */ | |
4935 need_set_indent = is_end_par; | |
4936 if (is_end_par) | |
4937 { | |
4938 /* When called with a negative line count, break at the | |
4939 * end of the paragraph. */ | |
4940 if (line_count < 0) | |
4941 break; | |
4942 first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4943 } | |
4944 force_format = FALSE; | |
4945 } | |
4946 | |
4947 /* | |
4948 * When still in same paragraph, join the lines together. But | |
4949 * first delete the comment leader from the second line. | |
4950 */ | |
4951 if (!is_end_par) | |
4952 { | |
4953 advance = FALSE; | |
4954 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4955 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
4956 if (line_count < 0 && u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4957 break; |
7 | 4958 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
610 | 4959 (void)del_bytes((long)next_leader_len, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 4960 if (next_leader_len > 0) |
4961 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)0, 0L, | |
4962 (long)-next_leader_len); | |
4963 #endif | |
4964 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
3562 | 4965 if (do_join(2, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
7 | 4966 { |
4967 beep_flush(); | |
4968 break; | |
4969 } | |
4970 first_par_line = FALSE; | |
4971 /* If the line is getting long, format it next time */ | |
4972 if (STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) > (size_t)max_len) | |
4973 force_format = TRUE; | |
4974 else | |
4975 force_format = FALSE; | |
4976 } | |
4977 } | |
4978 line_breakcheck(); | |
4979 } | |
4980 } | |
4981 | |
4982 /* | |
4983 * Return TRUE if line "lnum" ends in a white character. | |
4984 */ | |
4985 static int | |
4986 ends_in_white(lnum) | |
4987 linenr_T lnum; | |
4988 { | |
4989 char_u *s = ml_get(lnum); | |
4990 size_t l; | |
4991 | |
4992 if (*s == NUL) | |
4993 return FALSE; | |
4994 /* Don't use STRLEN() inside vim_iswhite(), SAS/C complains: "macro | |
4995 * invocation may call function multiple times". */ | |
4996 l = STRLEN(s) - 1; | |
4997 return vim_iswhite(s[l]); | |
4998 } | |
4999 | |
5000 /* | |
5001 * Blank lines, and lines containing only the comment leader, are left | |
5002 * untouched by the formatting. The function returns TRUE in this | |
5003 * case. It also returns TRUE when a line starts with the end of a comment | |
5004 * ('e' in comment flags), so that this line is skipped, and not joined to the | |
5005 * previous line. A new paragraph starts after a blank line, or when the | |
5006 * comment leader changes -- webb. | |
5007 */ | |
5008 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5009 static int | |
5010 fmt_check_par(lnum, leader_len, leader_flags, do_comments) | |
5011 linenr_T lnum; | |
5012 int *leader_len; | |
5013 char_u **leader_flags; | |
5014 int do_comments; | |
5015 { | |
5016 char_u *flags = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
5017 char_u *ptr; | |
5018 | |
5019 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
5020 if (do_comments) | |
3562 | 5021 *leader_len = get_leader_len(ptr, leader_flags, FALSE, TRUE); |
7 | 5022 else |
5023 *leader_len = 0; | |
5024 | |
5025 if (*leader_len > 0) | |
5026 { | |
5027 /* | |
5028 * Search for 'e' flag in comment leader flags. | |
5029 */ | |
5030 flags = *leader_flags; | |
5031 while (*flags && *flags != ':' && *flags != COM_END) | |
5032 ++flags; | |
5033 } | |
5034 | |
5035 return (*skipwhite(ptr + *leader_len) == NUL | |
5036 || (*leader_len > 0 && *flags == COM_END) | |
5037 || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
5038 } | |
5039 #else | |
5040 static int | |
5041 fmt_check_par(lnum) | |
5042 linenr_T lnum; | |
5043 { | |
5044 return (*skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)) == NUL || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
5045 } | |
5046 #endif | |
5047 | |
5048 /* | |
5049 * Return TRUE when a paragraph starts in line "lnum". Return FALSE when the | |
5050 * previous line is in the same paragraph. Used for auto-formatting. | |
5051 */ | |
5052 int | |
5053 paragraph_start(lnum) | |
5054 linenr_T lnum; | |
5055 { | |
5056 char_u *p; | |
5057 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5058 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
5059 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
5060 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
5061 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
5062 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
5063 #endif | |
5064 | |
5065 if (lnum <= 1) | |
5066 return TRUE; /* start of the file */ | |
5067 | |
5068 p = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
5069 if (*p == NUL) | |
5070 return TRUE; /* after empty line */ | |
5071 | |
5072 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5073 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
5074 #endif | |
5075 if (fmt_check_par(lnum - 1 | |
5076 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5077 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
5078 #endif | |
5079 )) | |
5080 return TRUE; /* after non-paragraph line */ | |
5081 | |
5082 if (fmt_check_par(lnum | |
5083 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5084 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
5085 #endif | |
5086 )) | |
5087 return TRUE; /* "lnum" is not a paragraph line */ | |
5088 | |
5089 if (has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR) && !ends_in_white(lnum - 1)) | |
5090 return TRUE; /* missing trailing space in previous line. */ | |
5091 | |
5092 if (has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER) && (get_number_indent(lnum) > 0)) | |
5093 return TRUE; /* numbered item starts in "lnum". */ | |
5094 | |
5095 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5096 if (!same_leader(lnum - 1, leader_len, leader_flags, | |
5097 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags)) | |
5098 return TRUE; /* change of comment leader. */ | |
5099 #endif | |
5100 | |
5101 return FALSE; | |
5102 } | |
5103 | |
5104 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5105 /* | |
5106 * prepare a few things for block mode yank/delete/tilde | |
5107 * | |
5108 * for delete: | |
5109 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be (partly) deleted | |
5110 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns that are taken by the | |
5111 * first/last deleted char minus the number of columns that have to be | |
1839 | 5112 * deleted. |
5113 * for yank and tilde: | |
7 | 5114 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be wholly yanked |
5115 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns of the first/last yanked char | |
5116 * that are to be yanked. | |
5117 */ | |
5118 static void | |
5119 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, is_del) | |
5120 oparg_T *oap; | |
5121 struct block_def *bdp; | |
5122 linenr_T lnum; | |
5123 int is_del; | |
5124 { | |
5125 int incr = 0; | |
5126 char_u *pend; | |
5127 char_u *pstart; | |
5128 char_u *line; | |
5129 char_u *prev_pstart; | |
5130 char_u *prev_pend; | |
5131 | |
5132 bdp->startspaces = 0; | |
5133 bdp->endspaces = 0; | |
5134 bdp->textlen = 0; | |
5135 bdp->start_vcol = 0; | |
5136 bdp->end_vcol = 0; | |
5137 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5138 bdp->is_short = FALSE; | |
5139 bdp->is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
5140 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
5141 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
5142 bdp->end_char_vcols = 0; | |
5143 #endif | |
5144 bdp->start_char_vcols = 0; | |
5145 | |
5146 line = ml_get(lnum); | |
5147 pstart = line; | |
5148 prev_pstart = line; | |
5149 while (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol && *pstart) | |
5150 { | |
5151 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5152 incr = lbr_chartabsize(pstart, (colnr_T)bdp->start_vcol); | |
5153 bdp->start_vcol += incr; | |
5154 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5155 if (vim_iswhite(*pstart)) | |
5156 { | |
5157 bdp->pre_whitesp += incr; | |
5158 bdp->pre_whitesp_c++; | |
5159 } | |
5160 else | |
5161 { | |
5162 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
5163 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
5164 } | |
5165 #endif | |
5166 prev_pstart = pstart; | |
39 | 5167 mb_ptr_adv(pstart); |
7 | 5168 } |
5169 bdp->start_char_vcols = incr; | |
5170 if (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol) /* line too short */ | |
5171 { | |
5172 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
5173 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5174 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
5175 #endif | |
5176 if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
5177 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5178 } | |
5179 else | |
5180 { | |
5181 /* notice: this converts partly selected Multibyte characters to | |
5182 * spaces, too. */ | |
5183 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
5184 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5185 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5186 pend = pstart; | |
5187 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
5188 if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) /* it's all in one character */ | |
5189 { | |
5190 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5191 bdp->is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
5192 #endif | |
5193 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT) | |
5194 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5195 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
5196 { | |
5197 bdp->startspaces += oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5198 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5199 } | |
5200 else | |
5201 { | |
5202 bdp->startspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5203 if (is_del && oap->op_type != OP_LSHIFT) | |
5204 { | |
5205 /* just putting the sum of those two into | |
5206 * bdp->startspaces doesn't work for Visual replace, | |
5207 * so we have to split the tab in two */ | |
5208 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols | |
5209 - (bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol); | |
5210 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5211 } | |
5212 } | |
5213 } | |
5214 else | |
5215 { | |
5216 prev_pend = pend; | |
5217 while (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol && *pend != NUL) | |
5218 { | |
5219 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5220 prev_pend = pend; | |
5221 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&pend, (colnr_T)bdp->end_vcol); | |
5222 bdp->end_vcol += incr; | |
5223 } | |
5224 if (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol | |
5225 && (!is_del | |
5226 || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
5227 || oap->op_type == OP_REPLACE)) /* line too short */ | |
5228 { | |
5229 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5230 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
5231 #endif | |
5232 /* Alternative: include spaces to fill up the block. | |
5233 * Disadvantage: can lead to trailing spaces when the line is | |
5234 * short where the text is put */ | |
5235 /* if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) */ | |
5236 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND || virtual_op) | |
5237 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol | |
593 | 5238 + oap->inclusive; |
7 | 5239 else |
5240 bdp->endspaces = 0; /* replace doesn't add characters */ | |
5241 } | |
5242 else if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) | |
5243 { | |
5244 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5245 if (!is_del && bdp->endspaces) | |
5246 { | |
5247 bdp->endspaces = incr - bdp->endspaces; | |
5248 if (pend != pstart) | |
5249 pend = prev_pend; | |
5250 } | |
5251 } | |
5252 } | |
5253 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5254 bdp->end_char_vcols = incr; | |
5255 #endif | |
5256 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5257 pstart = prev_pstart; | |
5258 bdp->textlen = (int)(pend - pstart); | |
5259 } | |
5260 bdp->textcol = (colnr_T) (pstart - line); | |
5261 bdp->textstart = pstart; | |
5262 } | |
5263 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
5264 | |
5265 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5266 static void reverse_line __ARGS((char_u *s)); | |
5267 | |
5268 static void | |
5269 reverse_line(s) | |
5270 char_u *s; | |
5271 { | |
5272 int i, j; | |
5273 char_u c; | |
5274 | |
5275 if ((i = (int)STRLEN(s) - 1) <= 0) | |
5276 return; | |
5277 | |
5278 curwin->w_cursor.col = i - curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5279 for (j = 0; j < i; j++, i--) | |
5280 { | |
5281 c = s[i]; s[i] = s[j]; s[j] = c; | |
5282 } | |
5283 } | |
5284 | |
5285 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) if (curwin->w_p_rl) reverse_line(ptr); | |
5286 #else | |
5287 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) | |
5288 #endif | |
5289 | |
5290 /* | |
5291 * add or subtract 'Prenum1' from a number in a line | |
5292 * 'command' is CTRL-A for add, CTRL-X for subtract | |
5293 * | |
5294 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
5295 */ | |
5296 int | |
5297 do_addsub(command, Prenum1) | |
5298 int command; | |
5299 linenr_T Prenum1; | |
5300 { | |
5301 int col; | |
5302 char_u *buf1; | |
5303 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; | |
5304 int hex; /* 'X' or 'x': hex; '0': octal */ | |
5305 static int hexupper = FALSE; /* 0xABC */ | |
835 | 5306 unsigned long n; |
7 | 5307 long_u oldn; |
5308 char_u *ptr; | |
5309 int c; | |
5310 int length = 0; /* character length of the number */ | |
5311 int todel; | |
5312 int dohex; | |
5313 int dooct; | |
5314 int doalp; | |
5315 int firstdigit; | |
5316 int negative; | |
5317 int subtract; | |
5318 | |
5319 dohex = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'x') != NULL); /* "heX" */ | |
5320 dooct = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'o') != NULL); /* "Octal" */ | |
5321 doalp = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'p') != NULL); /* "alPha" */ | |
5322 | |
5323 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5324 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5325 | |
5326 /* | |
5327 * First check if we are on a hexadecimal number, after the "0x". | |
5328 */ | |
5329 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5330 if (dohex) | |
5331 while (col > 0 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col])) | |
5332 --col; | |
5333 if ( dohex | |
5334 && col > 0 | |
5335 && (ptr[col] == 'X' | |
5336 || ptr[col] == 'x') | |
5337 && ptr[col - 1] == '0' | |
5338 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col + 1])) | |
5339 { | |
5340 /* | |
5341 * Found hexadecimal number, move to its start. | |
5342 */ | |
5343 --col; | |
5344 } | |
5345 else | |
5346 { | |
5347 /* | |
5348 * Search forward and then backward to find the start of number. | |
5349 */ | |
5350 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5351 | |
5352 while (ptr[col] != NUL | |
5353 && !vim_isdigit(ptr[col]) | |
5354 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5355 ++col; | |
5356 | |
5357 while (col > 0 | |
5358 && vim_isdigit(ptr[col - 1]) | |
5359 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5360 --col; | |
5361 } | |
5362 | |
5363 /* | |
5364 * If a number was found, and saving for undo works, replace the number. | |
5365 */ | |
5366 firstdigit = ptr[col]; | |
5367 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5368 if ((!VIM_ISDIGIT(firstdigit) && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit))) | |
5369 || u_save_cursor() != OK) | |
5370 { | |
5371 beep_flush(); | |
5372 return FAIL; | |
5373 } | |
5374 | |
5375 /* get ptr again, because u_save() may have changed it */ | |
5376 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5377 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5378 | |
5379 if (doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit)) | |
5380 { | |
5381 /* decrement or increment alphabetic character */ | |
5382 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5383 { | |
5384 if (CharOrd(firstdigit) < Prenum1) | |
5385 { | |
5386 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5387 firstdigit = 'A'; | |
5388 else | |
5389 firstdigit = 'a'; | |
5390 } | |
5391 else | |
5392 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5393 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, -Prenum1); | |
5394 #else | |
5395 firstdigit -= Prenum1; | |
5396 #endif | |
5397 } | |
5398 else | |
5399 { | |
5400 if (26 - CharOrd(firstdigit) - 1 < Prenum1) | |
5401 { | |
5402 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5403 firstdigit = 'Z'; | |
5404 else | |
5405 firstdigit = 'z'; | |
5406 } | |
5407 else | |
5408 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5409 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, Prenum1); | |
5410 #else | |
5411 firstdigit += Prenum1; | |
5412 #endif | |
5413 } | |
5414 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5415 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5416 ins_char(firstdigit); | |
5417 } | |
5418 else | |
5419 { | |
5420 negative = FALSE; | |
5421 if (col > 0 && ptr[col - 1] == '-') /* negative number */ | |
5422 { | |
5423 --col; | |
5424 negative = TRUE; | |
5425 } | |
5426 | |
5427 /* get the number value (unsigned) */ | |
5428 vim_str2nr(ptr + col, &hex, &length, dooct, dohex, NULL, &n); | |
5429 | |
5430 /* ignore leading '-' for hex and octal numbers */ | |
5431 if (hex && negative) | |
5432 { | |
5433 ++col; | |
5434 --length; | |
5435 negative = FALSE; | |
5436 } | |
5437 | |
5438 /* add or subtract */ | |
5439 subtract = FALSE; | |
5440 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5441 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5442 if (negative) | |
5443 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5444 | |
5445 oldn = n; | |
5446 if (subtract) | |
5447 n -= (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5448 else | |
5449 n += (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5450 | |
5451 /* handle wraparound for decimal numbers */ | |
5452 if (!hex) | |
5453 { | |
5454 if (subtract) | |
5455 { | |
5456 if (n > oldn) | |
5457 { | |
5458 n = 1 + (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5459 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5460 } | |
5461 } | |
5462 else /* add */ | |
5463 { | |
5464 if (n < oldn) | |
5465 { | |
5466 n = (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5467 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5468 } | |
5469 } | |
5470 if (n == 0) | |
5471 negative = FALSE; | |
5472 } | |
5473 | |
5474 /* | |
5475 * Delete the old number. | |
5476 */ | |
5477 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5478 todel = length; | |
5479 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5480 /* | |
5481 * Don't include the '-' in the length, only the length of the part | |
5482 * after it is kept the same. | |
5483 */ | |
5484 if (c == '-') | |
5485 --length; | |
5486 while (todel-- > 0) | |
5487 { | |
5488 if (c < 0x100 && isalpha(c)) | |
5489 { | |
5490 if (isupper(c)) | |
5491 hexupper = TRUE; | |
5492 else | |
5493 hexupper = FALSE; | |
5494 } | |
5495 /* del_char() will mark line needing displaying */ | |
5496 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5497 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5498 } | |
5499 | |
5500 /* | |
5501 * Prepare the leading characters in buf1[]. | |
5502 * When there are many leading zeros it could be very long. Allocate | |
5503 * a bit too much. | |
5504 */ | |
5505 buf1 = alloc((unsigned)length + NUMBUFLEN); | |
5506 if (buf1 == NULL) | |
5507 return FAIL; | |
5508 ptr = buf1; | |
5509 if (negative) | |
5510 { | |
5511 *ptr++ = '-'; | |
5512 } | |
5513 if (hex) | |
5514 { | |
5515 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5516 --length; | |
5517 } | |
5518 if (hex == 'x' || hex == 'X') | |
5519 { | |
5520 *ptr++ = hex; | |
5521 --length; | |
5522 } | |
5523 | |
5524 /* | |
5525 * Put the number characters in buf2[]. | |
5526 */ | |
5527 if (hex == 0) | |
5528 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lu", n); | |
5529 else if (hex == '0') | |
5530 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lo", n); | |
5531 else if (hex && hexupper) | |
5532 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lX", n); | |
5533 else | |
5534 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lx", n); | |
5535 length -= (int)STRLEN(buf2); | |
5536 | |
5537 /* | |
39 | 5538 * Adjust number of zeros to the new number of digits, so the |
5539 * total length of the number remains the same. | |
5540 * Don't do this when | |
5541 * the result may look like an octal number. | |
7 | 5542 */ |
39 | 5543 if (firstdigit == '0' && !(dooct && hex == 0)) |
7 | 5544 while (length-- > 0) |
5545 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5546 *ptr = NUL; | |
5547 STRCAT(buf1, buf2); | |
5548 ins_str(buf1); /* insert the new number */ | |
5549 vim_free(buf1); | |
5550 } | |
5551 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5552 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
5553 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5554 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
5555 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5556 #endif | |
5557 return OK; | |
5558 } | |
5559 | |
5560 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5561 int | |
5562 read_viminfo_register(virp, force) | |
5563 vir_T *virp; | |
5564 int force; | |
5565 { | |
5566 int eof; | |
5567 int do_it = TRUE; | |
5568 int size; | |
5569 int limit; | |
5570 int i; | |
5571 int set_prev = FALSE; | |
5572 char_u *str; | |
5573 char_u **array = NULL; | |
5574 | |
5575 /* We only get here (hopefully) if line[0] == '"' */ | |
5576 str = virp->vir_line + 1; | |
1893 | 5577 |
5578 /* If the line starts with "" this is the y_previous register. */ | |
7 | 5579 if (*str == '"') |
5580 { | |
5581 set_prev = TRUE; | |
5582 str++; | |
5583 } | |
1893 | 5584 |
7 | 5585 if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*str) && *str != '-') |
5586 { | |
5587 if (viminfo_error("E577: ", _("Illegal register name"), virp->vir_line)) | |
5588 return TRUE; /* too many errors, pretend end-of-file */ | |
5589 do_it = FALSE; | |
5590 } | |
5591 get_yank_register(*str++, FALSE); | |
5592 if (!force && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
5593 do_it = FALSE; | |
1893 | 5594 |
5595 if (*str == '@') | |
5596 { | |
5597 /* "x@: register x used for @@ */ | |
5598 if (force || execreg_lastc == NUL) | |
5599 execreg_lastc = str[-1]; | |
5600 } | |
5601 | |
7 | 5602 size = 0; |
5603 limit = 100; /* Optimized for registers containing <= 100 lines */ | |
5604 if (do_it) | |
5605 { | |
5606 if (set_prev) | |
5607 y_previous = y_current; | |
5608 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
5609 array = y_current->y_array = | |
5610 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(limit * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
1893 | 5611 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); |
7 | 5612 if (STRNCMP(str, "CHAR", 4) == 0) |
5613 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; | |
5614 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5615 else if (STRNCMP(str, "BLOCK", 5) == 0) | |
5616 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; | |
5617 #endif | |
5618 else | |
5619 y_current->y_type = MLINE; | |
5620 /* get the block width; if it's missing we get a zero, which is OK */ | |
5621 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); | |
5622 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5623 y_current->y_width = getdigits(&str); | |
5624 #else | |
5625 (void)getdigits(&str); | |
5626 #endif | |
5627 } | |
5628 | |
5629 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(virp)) | |
5630 && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')) | |
5631 { | |
5632 if (do_it) | |
5633 { | |
5634 if (size >= limit) | |
5635 { | |
5636 y_current->y_array = (char_u **) | |
5637 alloc((unsigned)(limit * 2 * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5638 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) | |
5639 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5640 vim_free(array); | |
5641 limit *= 2; | |
5642 array = y_current->y_array; | |
5643 } | |
5644 str = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5645 if (str != NULL) | |
5646 array[size++] = str; | |
5647 else | |
5648 do_it = FALSE; | |
5649 } | |
5650 } | |
5651 if (do_it) | |
5652 { | |
5653 if (size == 0) | |
5654 { | |
5655 vim_free(array); | |
5656 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
5657 } | |
5658 else if (size < limit) | |
5659 { | |
5660 y_current->y_array = | |
5661 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5662 for (i = 0; i < size; i++) | |
5663 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5664 vim_free(array); | |
5665 } | |
5666 y_current->y_size = size; | |
5667 } | |
5668 return eof; | |
5669 } | |
5670 | |
5671 void | |
5672 write_viminfo_registers(fp) | |
5673 FILE *fp; | |
5674 { | |
5675 int i, j; | |
5676 char_u *type; | |
5677 char_u c; | |
5678 int num_lines; | |
5679 int max_num_lines; | |
5680 int max_kbyte; | |
5681 long len; | |
5682 | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5683 fputs(_("\n# Registers:\n"), fp); |
7 | 5684 |
5685 /* Get '<' value, use old '"' value if '<' is not found. */ | |
5686 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('<'); | |
5687 if (max_num_lines < 0) | |
5688 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('"'); | |
5689 if (max_num_lines == 0) | |
5690 return; | |
5691 max_kbyte = get_viminfo_parameter('s'); | |
5692 if (max_kbyte == 0) | |
5693 return; | |
1893 | 5694 |
7 | 5695 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; i++) |
5696 { | |
5697 if (y_regs[i].y_array == NULL) | |
5698 continue; | |
5699 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5700 /* Skip '*'/'+' register, we don't want them back next time */ | |
5701 if (i == STAR_REGISTER || i == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
5702 continue; | |
5703 #endif | |
5704 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
5705 /* Neither do we want the '~' register */ | |
5706 if (i == TILDE_REGISTER) | |
5707 continue; | |
5708 #endif | |
55 | 5709 /* Skip empty registers. */ |
7 | 5710 num_lines = y_regs[i].y_size; |
55 | 5711 if (num_lines == 0 |
5712 || (num_lines == 1 && y_regs[i].y_type == MCHAR | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5713 && *y_regs[i].y_array[0] == NUL)) |
55 | 5714 continue; |
5715 | |
7 | 5716 if (max_kbyte > 0) |
5717 { | |
5718 /* Skip register if there is more text than the maximum size. */ | |
5719 len = 0; | |
5720 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
835 | 5721 len += (long)STRLEN(y_regs[i].y_array[j]) + 1L; |
7 | 5722 if (len > (long)max_kbyte * 1024L) |
5723 continue; | |
5724 } | |
5725 | |
5726 switch (y_regs[i].y_type) | |
5727 { | |
5728 case MLINE: | |
5729 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5730 break; | |
5731 case MCHAR: | |
5732 type = (char_u *)"CHAR"; | |
5733 break; | |
5734 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5735 case MBLOCK: | |
5736 type = (char_u *)"BLOCK"; | |
5737 break; | |
5738 #endif | |
5739 default: | |
5740 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("E574: Unknown register type %d"), | |
274 | 5741 y_regs[i].y_type); |
7 | 5742 emsg(IObuff); |
5743 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5744 break; | |
5745 } | |
5746 if (y_previous == &y_regs[i]) | |
5747 fprintf(fp, "\""); | |
5748 c = get_register_name(i); | |
1893 | 5749 fprintf(fp, "\"%c", c); |
5750 if (c == execreg_lastc) | |
5751 fprintf(fp, "@"); | |
5752 fprintf(fp, "\t%s\t%d\n", type, | |
7 | 5753 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
5754 (int)y_regs[i].y_width | |
5755 #else | |
5756 0 | |
5757 #endif | |
5758 ); | |
5759 | |
5760 /* If max_num_lines < 0, then we save ALL the lines in the register */ | |
5761 if (max_num_lines > 0 && num_lines > max_num_lines) | |
5762 num_lines = max_num_lines; | |
5763 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
5764 { | |
5765 putc('\t', fp); | |
5766 viminfo_writestring(fp, y_regs[i].y_array[j]); | |
5767 } | |
5768 } | |
5769 } | |
5770 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5771 | |
5772 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
5773 /* | |
5774 * SELECTION / PRIMARY ('*') | |
5775 * | |
5776 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI selection register '*'. When using a | |
5777 * GUI this may be text from another window, otherwise it is the last text we | |
5778 * had highlighted with VIsual mode. With mouse support, clicking the middle | |
5779 * button performs the paste, otherwise you will need to do <"*p>. " | |
5780 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the clipboard register '+'. | |
5781 * | |
5782 * X CLIPBOARD ('+') | |
5783 * | |
5784 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI clipboard register '+'. | |
5785 * Under X, this matches the standard cut/paste buffer CLIPBOARD selection. | |
5786 * It will be used for unnamed cut/pasting is 'clipboard' contains "unnamed", | |
5787 * otherwise you will need to do <"+p>. " | |
5788 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the selection register '*'. | |
5789 */ | |
5790 | |
5791 /* | |
5792 * Routine to export any final X selection we had to the environment | |
5793 * so that the text is still available after vim has exited. X selections | |
5794 * only exist while the owning application exists, so we write to the | |
5795 * permanent (while X runs) store CUT_BUFFER0. | |
5796 * Dump the CLIPBOARD selection if we own it (it's logically the more | |
5797 * 'permanent' of the two), otherwise the PRIMARY one. | |
5798 * For now, use a hard-coded sanity limit of 1Mb of data. | |
5799 */ | |
5800 #if defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
5801 void | |
5802 x11_export_final_selection() | |
5803 { | |
5804 Display *dpy; | |
5805 char_u *str = NULL; | |
5806 long_u len = 0; | |
5807 int motion_type = -1; | |
5808 | |
5809 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5810 if (gui.in_use) | |
5811 dpy = X_DISPLAY; | |
5812 else | |
5813 # endif | |
5814 # ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD | |
5815 dpy = xterm_dpy; | |
5816 # else | |
5817 return; | |
5818 # endif | |
5819 | |
5820 /* Get selection to export */ | |
5821 if (clip_plus.owned) | |
5822 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_plus); | |
5823 else if (clip_star.owned) | |
5824 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_star); | |
5825 | |
5826 /* Check it's OK */ | |
5827 if (dpy != NULL && str != NULL && motion_type >= 0 | |
5828 && len < 1024*1024 && len > 0) | |
5829 { | |
1924 | 5830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5831 /* The CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to always contain latin1. Convert from | |
5832 * 'enc' when it is a multi-byte encoding. When 'enc' is an 8-bit | |
5833 * encoding conversion usually doesn't work, so keep the text as-is. | |
5834 */ | |
5835 if (has_mbyte) | |
5836 { | |
5837 vimconv_T vc; | |
5838 | |
5839 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
5840 if (convert_setup(&vc, p_enc, (char_u *)"latin1") == OK) | |
5841 { | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5842 int intlen = len; |
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5843 char_u *conv_str; |
2007 | 5844 |
5845 conv_str = string_convert(&vc, str, &intlen); | |
5846 len = intlen; | |
1924 | 5847 if (conv_str != NULL) |
5848 { | |
5849 vim_free(str); | |
5850 str = conv_str; | |
5851 } | |
5852 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); | |
5853 } | |
5854 } | |
5855 #endif | |
7 | 5856 XStoreBuffer(dpy, (char *)str, (int)len, 0); |
5857 XFlush(dpy); | |
5858 } | |
5859 | |
5860 vim_free(str); | |
5861 } | |
5862 #endif | |
5863 | |
5864 void | |
5865 clip_free_selection(cbd) | |
5866 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5867 { | |
5868 struct yankreg *y_ptr = y_current; | |
5869 | |
5870 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5871 y_current = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5872 else | |
5873 y_current = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5874 free_yank_all(); | |
5875 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
5876 y_current = y_ptr; | |
5877 } | |
5878 | |
5879 /* | |
5880 * Get the selected text and put it in the gui selection register '*' or '+'. | |
5881 */ | |
5882 void | |
5883 clip_get_selection(cbd) | |
5884 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5885 { | |
5886 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
5887 pos_T old_cursor; | |
5888 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5889 pos_T old_visual; | |
5890 int old_visual_mode; | |
5891 #endif | |
5892 colnr_T old_curswant; | |
5893 int old_set_curswant; | |
5894 pos_T old_op_start, old_op_end; | |
5895 oparg_T oa; | |
5896 cmdarg_T ca; | |
5897 | |
5898 if (cbd->owned) | |
5899 { | |
5900 if ((cbd == &clip_plus && y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER].y_array != NULL) | |
5901 || (cbd == &clip_star && y_regs[STAR_REGISTER].y_array != NULL)) | |
5902 return; | |
5903 | |
5904 /* Get the text between clip_star.start & clip_star.end */ | |
5905 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
5906 old_y_current = y_current; | |
5907 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5908 old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
5909 old_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
5910 old_op_start = curbuf->b_op_start; | |
5911 old_op_end = curbuf->b_op_end; | |
5912 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5913 old_visual = VIsual; | |
5914 old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
5915 #endif | |
5916 clear_oparg(&oa); | |
5917 oa.regname = (cbd == &clip_plus ? '+' : '*'); | |
5918 oa.op_type = OP_YANK; | |
5919 vim_memset(&ca, 0, sizeof(ca)); | |
5920 ca.oap = &oa; | |
5921 ca.cmdchar = 'y'; | |
5922 ca.count1 = 1; | |
5923 ca.retval = CA_NO_ADJ_OP_END; | |
5924 do_pending_operator(&ca, 0, TRUE); | |
5925 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
5926 y_current = old_y_current; | |
5927 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
688 | 5928 changed_cline_bef_curs(); /* need to update w_virtcol et al */ |
7 | 5929 curwin->w_curswant = old_curswant; |
5930 curwin->w_set_curswant = old_set_curswant; | |
5931 curbuf->b_op_start = old_op_start; | |
5932 curbuf->b_op_end = old_op_end; | |
5933 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5934 VIsual = old_visual; | |
5935 VIsual_mode = old_visual_mode; | |
5936 #endif | |
5937 } | |
5938 else | |
5939 { | |
5940 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5941 | |
5942 /* Try to get selected text from another window */ | |
5943 clip_gen_request_selection(cbd); | |
5944 } | |
5945 } | |
5946 | |
2896 | 5947 /* |
5948 * Convert from the GUI selection string into the '*'/'+' register. | |
5949 */ | |
7 | 5950 void |
5951 clip_yank_selection(type, str, len, cbd) | |
5952 int type; | |
5953 char_u *str; | |
5954 long len; | |
5955 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5956 { | |
5957 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
5958 | |
5959 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5960 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5961 else | |
5962 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5963 | |
5964 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5965 | |
5966 str_to_reg(y_ptr, type, str, len, 0L); | |
5967 } | |
5968 | |
5969 /* | |
5970 * Convert the '*'/'+' register into a GUI selection string returned in *str | |
5971 * with length *len. | |
5972 * Returns the motion type, or -1 for failure. | |
5973 */ | |
5974 int | |
5975 clip_convert_selection(str, len, cbd) | |
5976 char_u **str; | |
5977 long_u *len; | |
5978 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5979 { | |
5980 char_u *p; | |
5981 int lnum; | |
5982 int i, j; | |
5983 int_u eolsize; | |
5984 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
5985 | |
5986 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5987 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5988 else | |
5989 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5990 | |
5991 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
5992 eolsize = 2; | |
5993 #else | |
5994 eolsize = 1; | |
5995 #endif | |
5996 | |
5997 *str = NULL; | |
5998 *len = 0; | |
5999 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) | |
6000 return -1; | |
6001 | |
6002 for (i = 0; i < y_ptr->y_size; i++) | |
6003 *len += (long_u)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[i]) + eolsize; | |
6004 | |
6005 /* | |
6006 * Don't want newline character at end of last line if we're in MCHAR mode. | |
6007 */ | |
6008 if (y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR && *len >= eolsize) | |
6009 *len -= eolsize; | |
6010 | |
6011 p = *str = lalloc(*len + 1, TRUE); /* add one to avoid zero */ | |
6012 if (p == NULL) | |
6013 return -1; | |
6014 lnum = 0; | |
6015 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < (int)*len; i++, j++) | |
6016 { | |
6017 if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == '\n') | |
6018 p[i] = NUL; | |
6019 else if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == NUL) | |
6020 { | |
6021 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
6022 p[i++] = '\r'; | |
6023 #endif | |
6024 #ifdef USE_CR | |
6025 p[i] = '\r'; | |
6026 #else | |
6027 p[i] = '\n'; | |
6028 #endif | |
6029 lnum++; | |
6030 j = -1; | |
6031 } | |
6032 else | |
6033 p[i] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j]; | |
6034 } | |
6035 return y_ptr->y_type; | |
6036 } | |
6037 | |
6038 | |
6039 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6040 /* | |
6041 * If we have written to a clipboard register, send the text to the clipboard. | |
6042 */ | |
6043 static void | |
6044 may_set_selection() | |
6045 { | |
6046 if (y_current == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) && clip_star.available) | |
6047 { | |
6048 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
6049 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
6050 } | |
6051 else if (y_current == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) && clip_plus.available) | |
6052 { | |
6053 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); | |
6054 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
6055 } | |
6056 } | |
6057 # endif | |
6058 | |
6059 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || PROTO */ | |
6060 | |
6061 | |
6062 #if defined(FEAT_DND) || defined(PROTO) | |
6063 /* | |
6064 * Replace the contents of the '~' register with str. | |
6065 */ | |
6066 void | |
6067 dnd_yank_drag_data(str, len) | |
6068 char_u *str; | |
6069 long len; | |
6070 { | |
6071 struct yankreg *curr; | |
6072 | |
6073 curr = y_current; | |
6074 y_current = &y_regs[TILDE_REGISTER]; | |
6075 free_yank_all(); | |
6076 str_to_reg(y_current, MCHAR, str, len, 0L); | |
6077 y_current = curr; | |
6078 } | |
6079 #endif | |
6080 | |
6081 | |
6082 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
6083 /* | |
6084 * Return the type of a register. | |
6085 * Used for getregtype() | |
6086 * Returns MAUTO for error. | |
6087 */ | |
6088 char_u | |
6089 get_reg_type(regname, reglen) | |
6090 int regname; | |
6091 long *reglen; | |
6092 { | |
6093 switch (regname) | |
6094 { | |
6095 case '%': /* file name */ | |
6096 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
6097 case '=': /* expression */ | |
6098 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
6099 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
6100 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
6101 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
6102 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
6103 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
6104 #endif | |
6105 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
6106 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
6107 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
6108 return MCHAR; | |
6109 } | |
6110 | |
6111 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6112 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
6113 #endif | |
6114 | |
6115 /* Should we check for a valid name? */ | |
6116 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
6117 | |
6118 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
6119 { | |
6120 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6121 if (reglen != NULL && y_current->y_type == MBLOCK) | |
6122 *reglen = y_current->y_width; | |
6123 #endif | |
6124 return y_current->y_type; | |
6125 } | |
6126 return MAUTO; | |
6127 } | |
6128 | |
6129 /* | |
6130 * Return the contents of a register as a single allocated string. | |
6131 * Used for "@r" in expressions and for getreg(). | |
6132 * Returns NULL for error. | |
6133 */ | |
6134 char_u * | |
283 | 6135 get_reg_contents(regname, allowexpr, expr_src) |
7 | 6136 int regname; |
283 | 6137 int allowexpr; /* allow "=" register */ |
6138 int expr_src; /* get expression for "=" register */ | |
7 | 6139 { |
6140 long i; | |
6141 char_u *retval; | |
6142 int allocated; | |
6143 long len; | |
6144 | |
6145 /* Don't allow using an expression register inside an expression */ | |
6146 if (regname == '=') | |
6147 { | |
6148 if (allowexpr) | |
283 | 6149 { |
6150 if (expr_src) | |
6151 return get_expr_line_src(); | |
7 | 6152 return get_expr_line(); |
283 | 6153 } |
7 | 6154 return NULL; |
6155 } | |
6156 | |
6157 if (regname == '@') /* "@@" is used for unnamed register */ | |
6158 regname = '"'; | |
6159 | |
6160 /* check for valid regname */ | |
6161 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
6162 return NULL; | |
6163 | |
6164 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6165 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
6166 #endif | |
6167 | |
6168 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &retval, &allocated, FALSE)) | |
6169 { | |
6170 if (retval == NULL) | |
6171 return NULL; | |
6172 if (!allocated) | |
6173 retval = vim_strsave(retval); | |
6174 return retval; | |
6175 } | |
6176 | |
6177 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
6178 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
6179 return NULL; | |
6180 | |
6181 /* | |
6182 * Compute length of resulting string. | |
6183 */ | |
6184 len = 0; | |
6185 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6186 { | |
6187 len += (long)STRLEN(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6188 /* | |
6189 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
6190 * y_type is MLINE. | |
6191 */ | |
6192 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6193 ++len; | |
6194 } | |
6195 | |
6196 retval = lalloc(len + 1, TRUE); | |
6197 | |
6198 /* | |
6199 * Copy the lines of the yank register into the string. | |
6200 */ | |
6201 if (retval != NULL) | |
6202 { | |
6203 len = 0; | |
6204 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6205 { | |
6206 STRCPY(retval + len, y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6207 len += (long)STRLEN(retval + len); | |
6208 | |
6209 /* | |
6210 * Insert a NL between lines and after the last line if y_type is | |
6211 * MLINE. | |
6212 */ | |
6213 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6214 retval[len++] = '\n'; | |
6215 } | |
6216 retval[len] = NUL; | |
6217 } | |
6218 | |
6219 return retval; | |
6220 } | |
6221 | |
6222 /* | |
6223 * Store string "str" in register "name". | |
6224 * "maxlen" is the maximum number of bytes to use, -1 for all bytes. | |
6225 * If "must_append" is TRUE, always append to the register. Otherwise append | |
6226 * if "name" is an uppercase letter. | |
6227 * Note: "maxlen" and "must_append" don't work for the "/" register. | |
6228 * Careful: 'str' is modified, you may have to use a copy! | |
6229 * If "str" ends in '\n' or '\r', use linewise, otherwise use characterwise. | |
6230 */ | |
6231 void | |
6232 write_reg_contents(name, str, maxlen, must_append) | |
6233 int name; | |
6234 char_u *str; | |
6235 int maxlen; | |
6236 int must_append; | |
6237 { | |
6238 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, MAUTO, 0L); | |
6239 } | |
6240 | |
6241 void | |
6242 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, yank_type, block_len) | |
6243 int name; | |
6244 char_u *str; | |
6245 int maxlen; | |
6246 int must_append; | |
6247 int yank_type; | |
6248 long block_len; | |
6249 { | |
6250 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
6251 long len; | |
6252 | |
336 | 6253 if (maxlen >= 0) |
6254 len = maxlen; | |
6255 else | |
6256 len = (long)STRLEN(str); | |
6257 | |
7 | 6258 /* Special case: '/' search pattern */ |
6259 if (name == '/') | |
6260 { | |
6261 set_last_search_pat(str, RE_SEARCH, TRUE, TRUE); | |
6262 return; | |
6263 } | |
6264 | |
336 | 6265 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
6266 if (name == '=') | |
6267 { | |
6268 char_u *p, *s; | |
6269 | |
6270 p = vim_strnsave(str, (int)len); | |
6271 if (p == NULL) | |
6272 return; | |
6273 if (must_append) | |
6274 { | |
6275 s = concat_str(get_expr_line_src(), p); | |
6276 vim_free(p); | |
6277 p = s; | |
6278 | |
6279 } | |
6280 set_expr_line(p); | |
6281 return; | |
6282 } | |
6283 #endif | |
6284 | |
7 | 6285 if (!valid_yank_reg(name, TRUE)) /* check for valid reg name */ |
6286 { | |
168 | 6287 emsg_invreg(name); |
7 | 6288 return; |
6289 } | |
6290 | |
6291 if (name == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
6292 return; | |
6293 | |
6294 /* Don't want to change the current (unnamed) register */ | |
6295 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
6296 old_y_current = y_current; | |
6297 | |
6298 get_yank_register(name, TRUE); | |
6299 if (!y_append && !must_append) | |
6300 free_yank_all(); | |
6301 #ifndef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6302 /* Just in case - make sure we don't use MBLOCK */ | |
6303 if (yank_type == MBLOCK) | |
6304 yank_type = MAUTO; | |
6305 #endif | |
6306 str_to_reg(y_current, yank_type, str, len, block_len); | |
6307 | |
6308 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6309 /* Send text of clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
6310 may_set_selection(); | |
6311 # endif | |
6312 | |
6313 /* ':let @" = "val"' should change the meaning of the "" register */ | |
6314 if (name != '"') | |
6315 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
6316 y_current = old_y_current; | |
6317 } | |
6318 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ | |
6319 | |
6320 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6321 /* | |
6322 * Put a string into a register. When the register is not empty, the string | |
6323 * is appended. | |
6324 */ | |
6325 static void | |
2896 | 6326 str_to_reg(y_ptr, yank_type, str, len, blocklen) |
7 | 6327 struct yankreg *y_ptr; /* pointer to yank register */ |
2896 | 6328 int yank_type; /* MCHAR, MLINE, MBLOCK, MAUTO */ |
7 | 6329 char_u *str; /* string to put in register */ |
6330 long len; /* length of string */ | |
6331 long blocklen; /* width of Visual block */ | |
6332 { | |
2896 | 6333 int type; /* MCHAR, MLINE or MBLOCK */ |
7 | 6334 int lnum; |
6335 long start; | |
6336 long i; | |
6337 int extra; | |
6338 int newlines; /* number of lines added */ | |
6339 int extraline = 0; /* extra line at the end */ | |
6340 int append = FALSE; /* append to last line in register */ | |
6341 char_u *s; | |
6342 char_u **pp; | |
6343 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6344 long maxlen; | |
6345 #endif | |
6346 | |
2000 | 6347 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) /* NULL means empty register */ |
7 | 6348 y_ptr->y_size = 0; |
6349 | |
2896 | 6350 if (yank_type == MAUTO) |
6351 type = ((len > 0 && (str[len - 1] == NL || str[len - 1] == CAR)) | |
6352 ? MLINE : MCHAR); | |
6353 else | |
6354 type = yank_type; | |
6355 | |
7 | 6356 /* |
6357 * Count the number of lines within the string | |
6358 */ | |
6359 newlines = 0; | |
6360 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
6361 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6362 ++newlines; | |
6363 if (type == MCHAR || len == 0 || str[len - 1] != '\n') | |
6364 { | |
6365 extraline = 1; | |
6366 ++newlines; /* count extra newline at the end */ | |
6367 } | |
6368 if (y_ptr->y_size > 0 && y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR) | |
6369 { | |
6370 append = TRUE; | |
6371 --newlines; /* uncount newline when appending first line */ | |
6372 } | |
6373 | |
6374 /* | |
6375 * Allocate an array to hold the pointers to the new register lines. | |
6376 * If the register was not empty, move the existing lines to the new array. | |
6377 */ | |
6378 pp = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((y_ptr->y_size + newlines) | |
6379 * sizeof(char_u *), TRUE); | |
6380 if (pp == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6381 return; | |
6382 for (lnum = 0; lnum < y_ptr->y_size; ++lnum) | |
6383 pp[lnum] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum]; | |
6384 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array); | |
6385 y_ptr->y_array = pp; | |
6386 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6387 maxlen = 0; | |
6388 #endif | |
6389 | |
6390 /* | |
6391 * Find the end of each line and save it into the array. | |
6392 */ | |
6393 for (start = 0; start < len + extraline; start += i + 1) | |
6394 { | |
6395 for (i = start; i < len; ++i) /* find the end of the line */ | |
6396 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6397 break; | |
6398 i -= start; /* i is now length of line */ | |
6399 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6400 if (i > maxlen) | |
6401 maxlen = i; | |
6402 #endif | |
6403 if (append) | |
6404 { | |
6405 --lnum; | |
6406 extra = (int)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6407 } | |
6408 else | |
6409 extra = 0; | |
6410 s = alloc((unsigned)(i + extra + 1)); | |
6411 if (s == NULL) | |
6412 break; | |
6413 if (extra) | |
6414 mch_memmove(s, y_ptr->y_array[lnum], (size_t)extra); | |
6415 if (append) | |
6416 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6417 if (i) | |
6418 mch_memmove(s + extra, str + start, (size_t)i); | |
6419 extra += i; | |
6420 s[extra] = NUL; | |
6421 y_ptr->y_array[lnum++] = s; | |
6422 while (--extra >= 0) | |
6423 { | |
6424 if (*s == NUL) | |
6425 *s = '\n'; /* replace NUL with newline */ | |
6426 ++s; | |
6427 } | |
6428 append = FALSE; /* only first line is appended */ | |
6429 } | |
6430 y_ptr->y_type = type; | |
6431 y_ptr->y_size = lnum; | |
6432 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6433 if (type == MBLOCK) | |
6434 y_ptr->y_width = (blocklen < 0 ? maxlen - 1 : blocklen); | |
6435 else | |
6436 y_ptr->y_width = 0; | |
6437 # endif | |
6438 } | |
6439 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || FEAT_EVAL || PROTO */ | |
6440 | |
6441 void | |
6442 clear_oparg(oap) | |
6443 oparg_T *oap; | |
6444 { | |
6445 vim_memset(oap, 0, sizeof(oparg_T)); | |
6446 } | |
6447 | |
161 | 6448 static long line_count_info __ARGS((char_u *line, long *wc, long *cc, long limit, int eol_size)); |
7 | 6449 |
6450 /* | |
161 | 6451 * Count the number of bytes, characters and "words" in a line. |
7 | 6452 * |
6453 * "Words" are counted by looking for boundaries between non-space and | |
6454 * space characters. (it seems to produce results that match 'wc'.) | |
6455 * | |
161 | 6456 * Return value is byte count; word count for the line is added to "*wc". |
6457 * Char count is added to "*cc". | |
7 | 6458 * |
6459 * The function will only examine the first "limit" characters in the | |
6460 * line, stopping if it encounters an end-of-line (NUL byte). In that | |
6461 * case, eol_size will be added to the character count to account for | |
6462 * the size of the EOL character. | |
6463 */ | |
6464 static long | |
161 | 6465 line_count_info(line, wc, cc, limit, eol_size) |
7 | 6466 char_u *line; |
6467 long *wc; | |
161 | 6468 long *cc; |
7 | 6469 long limit; |
6470 int eol_size; | |
6471 { | |
161 | 6472 long i; |
6473 long words = 0; | |
6474 long chars = 0; | |
7 | 6475 int is_word = 0; |
6476 | |
3626 | 6477 for (i = 0; i < limit && line[i] != NUL; ) |
7 | 6478 { |
6479 if (is_word) | |
6480 { | |
6481 if (vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6482 { | |
6483 words++; | |
6484 is_word = 0; | |
6485 } | |
6486 } | |
6487 else if (!vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6488 is_word = 1; | |
161 | 6489 ++chars; |
6490 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 6491 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + i); |
161 | 6492 #else |
6493 ++i; | |
6494 #endif | |
7 | 6495 } |
6496 | |
6497 if (is_word) | |
6498 words++; | |
6499 *wc += words; | |
6500 | |
6501 /* Add eol_size if the end of line was reached before hitting limit. */ | |
2996 | 6502 if (i < limit && line[i] == NUL) |
161 | 6503 { |
7 | 6504 i += eol_size; |
161 | 6505 chars += eol_size; |
6506 } | |
6507 *cc += chars; | |
7 | 6508 return i; |
6509 } | |
6510 | |
6511 /* | |
6512 * Give some info about the position of the cursor (for "g CTRL-G"). | |
6513 * In Visual mode, give some info about the selected region. (In this case, | |
6514 * the *_count_cursor variables store running totals for the selection.) | |
6515 */ | |
6516 void | |
6517 cursor_pos_info() | |
6518 { | |
6519 char_u *p; | |
274 | 6520 char_u buf1[50]; |
6521 char_u buf2[40]; | |
7 | 6522 linenr_T lnum; |
161 | 6523 long byte_count = 0; |
6524 long byte_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6525 long char_count = 0; |
6526 long char_count_cursor = 0; | |
161 | 6527 long word_count = 0; |
6528 long word_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6529 int eol_size; |
6530 long last_check = 100000L; | |
6531 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6532 long line_count_selected = 0; | |
6533 pos_T min_pos, max_pos; | |
6534 oparg_T oparg; | |
6535 struct block_def bd; | |
6536 #endif | |
6537 | |
6538 /* | |
6539 * Compute the length of the file in characters. | |
6540 */ | |
6541 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
6542 { | |
6543 MSG(_(no_lines_msg)); | |
6544 } | |
6545 else | |
6546 { | |
6547 if (get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_DOS) | |
6548 eol_size = 2; | |
6549 else | |
6550 eol_size = 1; | |
6551 | |
6552 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6553 if (VIsual_active) | |
6554 { | |
6555 if (lt(VIsual, curwin->w_cursor)) | |
6556 { | |
6557 min_pos = VIsual; | |
6558 max_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6559 } | |
6560 else | |
6561 { | |
6562 min_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6563 max_pos = VIsual; | |
6564 } | |
6565 if (*p_sel == 'e' && max_pos.col > 0) | |
6566 --max_pos.col; | |
6567 | |
6568 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
6569 { | |
1866 | 6570 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6571 char_u * saved_sbr = p_sbr; | |
6572 | |
6573 /* Make 'sbr' empty for a moment to get the correct size. */ | |
6574 p_sbr = empty_option; | |
6575 #endif | |
7 | 6576 oparg.is_VIsual = 1; |
6577 oparg.block_mode = TRUE; | |
6578 oparg.op_type = OP_NOP; | |
6579 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, | |
688 | 6580 &oparg.start_vcol, &oparg.end_vcol); |
1866 | 6581 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6582 p_sbr = saved_sbr; | |
6583 #endif | |
688 | 6584 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) |
6585 oparg.end_vcol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6586 /* Swap the start, end vcol if needed */ |
6587 if (oparg.end_vcol < oparg.start_vcol) | |
6588 { | |
6589 oparg.end_vcol += oparg.start_vcol; | |
6590 oparg.start_vcol = oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol; | |
6591 oparg.end_vcol -= oparg.start_vcol; | |
6592 } | |
6593 } | |
6594 line_count_selected = max_pos.lnum - min_pos.lnum + 1; | |
6595 } | |
6596 #endif | |
6597 | |
6598 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6599 { | |
6600 /* Check for a CTRL-C every 100000 characters. */ | |
161 | 6601 if (byte_count > last_check) |
7 | 6602 { |
6603 ui_breakcheck(); | |
6604 if (got_int) | |
6605 return; | |
161 | 6606 last_check = byte_count + 100000L; |
7 | 6607 } |
6608 | |
6609 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6610 /* Do extra processing for VIsual mode. */ | |
6611 if (VIsual_active | |
6612 && lnum >= min_pos.lnum && lnum <= max_pos.lnum) | |
6613 { | |
45 | 6614 char_u *s = NULL; |
6615 long len = 0L; | |
6616 | |
7 | 6617 switch (VIsual_mode) |
6618 { | |
6619 case Ctrl_V: | |
6620 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6621 virtual_op = virtual_active(); | |
6622 # endif | |
6623 block_prep(&oparg, &bd, lnum, 0); | |
6624 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6625 virtual_op = MAYBE; | |
6626 # endif | |
45 | 6627 s = bd.textstart; |
6628 len = (long)bd.textlen; | |
7 | 6629 break; |
6630 case 'V': | |
45 | 6631 s = ml_get(lnum); |
6632 len = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6633 break; |
6634 case 'v': | |
6635 { | |
6636 colnr_T start_col = (lnum == min_pos.lnum) | |
6637 ? min_pos.col : 0; | |
6638 colnr_T end_col = (lnum == max_pos.lnum) | |
6639 ? max_pos.col - start_col + 1 : MAXCOL; | |
6640 | |
45 | 6641 s = ml_get(lnum) + start_col; |
6642 len = end_col; | |
7 | 6643 } |
6644 break; | |
6645 } | |
45 | 6646 if (s != NULL) |
6647 { | |
161 | 6648 byte_count_cursor += line_count_info(s, &word_count_cursor, |
6649 &char_count_cursor, len, eol_size); | |
45 | 6650 if (lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
6651 && !curbuf->b_p_eol | |
6652 && curbuf->b_p_bin | |
50 | 6653 && (long)STRLEN(s) < len) |
161 | 6654 byte_count_cursor -= eol_size; |
45 | 6655 } |
7 | 6656 } |
6657 else | |
6658 #endif | |
6659 { | |
6660 /* In non-visual mode, check for the line the cursor is on */ | |
6661 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6662 { | |
6663 word_count_cursor += word_count; | |
161 | 6664 char_count_cursor += char_count; |
6665 byte_count_cursor = byte_count + | |
6666 line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), | |
6667 &word_count_cursor, &char_count_cursor, | |
7 | 6668 (long)(curwin->w_cursor.col + 1), eol_size); |
6669 } | |
6670 } | |
6671 /* Add to the running totals */ | |
161 | 6672 byte_count += line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), &word_count, |
6673 &char_count, (long)MAXCOL, eol_size); | |
7 | 6674 } |
6675 | |
6676 /* Correction for when last line doesn't have an EOL. */ | |
6677 if (!curbuf->b_p_eol && curbuf->b_p_bin) | |
161 | 6678 byte_count -= eol_size; |
7 | 6679 |
6680 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6681 if (VIsual_active) | |
6682 { | |
688 | 6683 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V && curwin->w_curswant < MAXCOL) |
7 | 6684 { |
6685 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, &min_pos.col, | |
688 | 6686 &max_pos.col); |
1869 | 6687 vim_snprintf((char *)buf1, sizeof(buf1), _("%ld Cols; "), |
7 | 6688 (long)(oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol + 1)); |
6689 } | |
6690 else | |
6691 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
6692 | |
161 | 6693 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
274 | 6694 && char_count == byte_count) |
1869 | 6695 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6696 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
7 | 6697 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6698 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6699 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6700 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6701 else | |
1869 | 6702 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6703 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Chars; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
161 | 6704 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6705 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6706 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6707 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6708 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6709 } |
6710 else | |
6711 #endif | |
6712 { | |
6713 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
6714 validate_virtcol(); | |
1869 | 6715 col_print(buf1, sizeof(buf1), (int)curwin->w_cursor.col + 1, |
7 | 6716 (int)curwin->w_virtcol + 1); |
1869 | 6717 col_print(buf2, sizeof(buf2), (int)STRLEN(p), linetabsize(p)); |
7 | 6718 |
161 | 6719 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
6720 && char_count == byte_count) | |
1869 | 6721 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6722 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
7 | 6723 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6724 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6725 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6726 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6727 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6728 else | |
1869 | 6729 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6730 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Char %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
161 | 6731 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6732 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6733 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6734 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6735 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6736 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6737 } |
6738 | |
6739 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
161 | 6740 byte_count = bomb_size(); |
6741 if (byte_count > 0) | |
7 | 6742 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), _("(+%ld for BOM)"), |
161 | 6743 byte_count); |
7 | 6744 #endif |
6745 /* Don't shorten this message, the user asked for it. */ | |
6746 p = p_shm; | |
6747 p_shm = (char_u *)""; | |
6748 msg(IObuff); | |
6749 p_shm = p; | |
6750 } | |
6751 } |